Acts 28 — Open Scroll

← Previous: Acts 27 Next: Romans 1 →Back to Open Scroll Behind the text

Acts 28

Match: OffMatch: On Clear Select a word card Matching words are off No matching-word link is available for this card. 30 matching words in 19 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 89 matching words in 28 verses 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 5 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 18 matching words in 16 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 18 matching words in 12 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 5 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 3 matching words in 2 verses 10 matching words in 9 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 7 matching words in 7 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 10 matching words in 9 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 6 matching words in 5 verses 7 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 5 matching words in 5 verses 6 matching words in 6 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 4 matching words in 4 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 6 matching words in 5 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 3 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 3 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 2 verses 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 2 matching words in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse 1 matching word in 1 verse

CHAPTER 28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

VERSE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31

Maps and charts for this chapter

Paul's Voyage to Rome Rome St. Paul's Bay, Malta The Places of Acts Paul's Journeys Rome in the Time of Paul

← Back to Acts 27:26

Acts 28:1

1And when we were escaped then we knew that the island was called Melita

Related verses (1)

Acts 27:26, 44

And

when we were escaped

then

we knew

that

Melita

the

island

was called

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Καὶkai

διασωθέντεςdee-ah-soh-THEN-tes

τότεTOH-teh

ἐπέγνωμενeh-PEH-gnoh-men

ὅτιHOH-tee

Μελίτηmeh-LEE-tay

ἡhay

νῆσοςNAY-sohs

καλεῖταιkah-LAY-tai

The Pieces

ΚαὶGreek conjunction

διασωθέντεςGreek verb

τότεGreek adverb

ἐπέγνωμενGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

Μελίτηname of a place

ἡGreek article

νῆσοςGreek noun, feminine

καλεῖταιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

andAnd, even, also, namely.καί, conj., and. Copulative. Connecting single words; in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.; connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20; joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17, Ac 5:29, al. Connecting clauses and sentences: Mt 3:12, Ac 5:21, al. mult.; esp. where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, § 60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss., LAE, 128 ff.): Mt 1:21 7:25, Mk 9:5, Jo 10:3, al.; joining affirmative to negative sentences: Lk 3:14, Jo 4:11, III Jo 10; consecutive, and so: Mt 5:15 23:32, He 3:19, al.; after imperatives, Mt 4:19, Lk 7:7, al.; = καίτοι, and yet: Mt 3:14 6:26, Mk 12:12, Lk 18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), I Co 5:2, al.; beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Lk 2:21 7:12, Ac 1:10; beginning a question (WM, § 53, 3a): Mk 10:26, Lk 10:29, Jo 9:36. Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, § 53, 3c): Lk 3:18, Jo 1:16, Ac 23:6, Ro 1:5, I Co 3:5, al. In transition: Mt 4:23, Mk 5:1, 21, Jo 1:19, al.; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο ( וַיְהִי; also ἐγένετο δέ ), Mk 1:9 (cf. Lk 5:1; V. Burton, §§ 357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). καὶ... καί, both... and (for τε... καί, v.s. τε ); connecting single words: Mt 10:28, Mk 4:41, Ro 11:33, al.; clauses and sentences: Mk 9:13, Jo 7:28, I Co 1:22, al. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mt 5:39, 40, Mk 2:28, al. mult.; esp. c. pron., adv., etc., Mt 20:4, Jo 7:47, al; ὡς κ., Ac 11:17; καθὼς κ., Ro 15:7; οὕτω κ., Ro 6:11; διὸ κ., Lk 1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 313ff.), Ac 13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ.. (Bl., §77, 7; Deiss., BS, 265 f,), Phl 4:3; τί κ., 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ., Lk 14:22, Jo 5:18, al.; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, § 437), Ac 17:27; καίπερ, He 5:8; κ. ἐάν, v.s. ἐάν.Scroll for more

to saveI save (rescue) through (some danger), bring safely to, escaped to.δια-σώζω [in LXX for מלט, ישׁע, etc.;] to bring safely through a danger: Lk 7:3, Ac 27:43; seq. πρός, Ac 23:24. Pass., to come safe through: Ac 28:1; ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Ac 27:44; ἐκ τ. θαλάσσης, Ac 28:4; δι’ ὕδατος, I Pe 3:20; of sickness, to recover: Mt 14:36.†Scroll for more

thenThen, at that time.τότε, demonstr. adv. of time, correlat. of ὅτε, then, at that time; of concurrent events: Mt 2:17 3:5 and freq., Ro 6:21; seq. ptcp., Mt 2:16, Ga 4:8; opp. to νῦν, Ga 4:29, He 12:26; ὁ τ. κόσμος, II Pe 3:6; of consequent events, then, thereupon: Mt 2:7 3:5 4:1 and freq., Lk 11:26; τ. οὖν, Jo 11:14 19:1, 16 20:8; εὐθέως τ., Ac 17:14; ὅτε... τ., Mt 13:26 21:1, Jo 12:16; ἀπὸ τ., Mt 4:17 16:21 26:16, Lk 16:16; of things future: Mt 24:23, 40 25:1, 31 ff.; opp. to ἄρτι, I Co 13:12; καὶ τ., Mt 7:23, Mk 13:21, Lk 21:27, I Co 4:5, al.; ὅταν... τ., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35, I Th 5:3, al. (more freq. in Mt than in the rest of the NT).Scroll for more

to come to knowI come to know by directing my attention to him or it, I perceive, discern, recognize; aor: I found out.ἐπι-γινώσκω [in LXX chiefly for נָכַר: hi., also for יָדַע, etc.;] "directive" of γινώσκω (AR, Eph., 249), as in cl.; to observe, perceive, discern, recognize; absol.: Ac 25:10, I Co 13:12; seq. ὅτι, Lk 1:22; τ. πνεύματι, seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:8; c. acc rei: Lk 1:4 5:22, Ac 12:14 27:39, Ro 1:32, II Co 1:13, Col 1:6, I Ti 4:3; ἐν ἐαυτῷ, Mk 5:30; seq. ὅτι, I Co 14:37; c. acc pers.: Mt 11:27 14:35 17:12, Mk 6:33 (T, αὐτούς, but LTr., WH, R, omit the pron., and LTr., WH, txt., read ἔγνωσαν ), ib. 54, Lk 24:16, 31, I Co 16:18, II Co 1:14; seq. ἀπό, c. gen. rei, Mt 7:16, 20; seq. ὅτι, Ac 3:10 4:13, II Co 13:5; pass., I Co 13:12; opp. to ἀγνοούμενοι, II Co 6:9. to discover, ascertain, determine: Ac 9:30; seq. ὅτι, Lk 7:37 23:7, Ac 19:34 22:29 24:11 28:1; c. acc rei, seq. quæst., Ac 23:28; δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν, Ac 22:24; παρά, c. gen. pers., seq. περί, c. gen. rei, Ac 24:8; τ. ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, II Pe 2:21 (cf. Lft., Col., 136; Cremer, 159; M, Pr., 113; AR, Eph., 248 ff.).†Scroll for more

that/since: thatThat, since, because; may introduce direct discourse.ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις ). As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mt 3:9 6:32 11:25, Mk 3:28, Lk 2:49, Jo 2:22, Ac 4:13, Ro 1:13 8:38 10:9, Phl 4:15, Ja 2:24, al.; elliptically, Jo 6:46, Phl 3:12, al. After εἶναι ( γίνεσθαι ): defining a demonstr. or pers. pron., Jo 3:19 16:19, Ro 9:6, I Jo 3:16 al.; c. pron. interrog., Mt 8:27, Mk 4:41, Lk 4:36, Jo 4:22 al.; id. elliptically, Lk 2:49, Ac 5:4, 9, al.; Untranslatable, before direct discourse ( ὅτι recitantis ): Mt 7:23, Mk 2:16, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:20, Ac 15:1, He 11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, v.s. ὡς ). As causal particle, for that, because: Mt 5:4-12, Lk 6:20, 21, Jo 1:30 5:27, Ac 1:5, I Jo 4:18, Re 3:10, al. mult.; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jo 8:47 10:17, al.; answering a question ( διὰ τί ), Ro 9:32, al.; οὐκ ὅτι... ἀλλ’ ὅτι, Jo 6:26 12:6.Scroll for more

MaltaMelita, now Malta.Μελίτη, (Rec., R, txt.), Μελιτήνη (WH, R, mg., v. WH, App., 160), Melita, Melitene (mod. Malta ): Ac 28:1.†Scroll for more

the/this/whoThe, the definite article.ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article ( ἄρθρον προτακτικόν ), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. As demonstr. pron. As freq. in Hom., absol., he ( she, it ), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). Distributive, ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one... the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν... ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀... ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23. In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mt 2:14, Mk 1:45, Lk 8:21, Jo 9:38, al. mult. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc.; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc., to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mt 8:20, al.; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Lk 10:7; c. nom. = voc. in addresses, Mt 11:26, Jo 19:3, Ja 5:1, al.; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mk 3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. To modified nouns: c. pers. pron. gen., μοῦ, σοῦ, etc.; c. poss. pron., ἐμός, σός, etc.; c. adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mt 12:35; the noun foll. by adj., both c. art., ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jo 10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jo 12:9, v. M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ’ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro 9:11. To Other parts of speech used as substantives; neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc.; cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc.; participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mt 14:2 ), Mk 6:14; πᾶς ὁ, c. ptcp., every one who, etc.; adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; infinitives: nom., τὸ θέλειν, Ro 7:18, al.; gen., τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, I Co 16:4; verbs, ἔλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Lk 1:9; and freq. in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mt 13:3 (on the artic. inf., v. Bl., § 71). In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mk 9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, He 12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph 4:9, al. To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, He 13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Ro 4:14; neut. acc. absol., in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν, daily, Lk 11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Ro 9:5. To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc.: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mt 10:2, al.; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mt 16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Ro 14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81 ff.; Bl, §§ 46, 47).Scroll for more

islandAn island.νῆσος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX for אִי;] an island: Ac 13:6 27:26 28:1, 7, 9, 11, Re 1:9 6:14 16:20.†Scroll for more

to call: call(a) I call, summon, invite, (b) I call, name.καλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for קרא;] to call, summon: c. acc. pers., Mt 20:8 25:14, Mk 3:31, Lk 19:13, Ac 4:18; seq. ἐκ, Mt 2:15 (LXX); metaph., I Pe 2:9. to call to one's house, invite: Lk 14:16, I Co 10:27, Re 19:9; εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 22:3, 9, Lk 14:8, 9, Jo 2:2; ὁ καλέσας, Lk 7:39; οἱ κεκλημένοι, Mt 22:8; metaph., of inviting to partake of the blessings of the kingdom of God (Dalman, Words, 118 f.): Ro 8:30 9:24, 25, I Co 7:17, 18; seq. εἰς, I Co 1:9, I Th 2:12, I Ti 6:12; ὁ καλῶν ( καλέσας ), of God, Ga 1:6 5:8, I Th 5:24, I Pe 1:15, II Pe 1:3; οἱ κεκλκλημένοι, He 9:15; seq. ἐν ( ἐπί ), I Co 7:15, Ga 5:13, Eph 4:4, I Th 4:7; κλήσει, Eph 4:1, II Ti 1:9. to call, name, call by name: pass., Mt 2:23, Lk 1:32, al.; καλούμενος, Lk 7:11, Ac 7:58, al.; ὁ κ. (Deiss., BS, 210), Lk 6:15 22:3 23:33, Ac 10:1, Re 12:9, al.; c. pred. nom., Mt 5:9, Lk 1:35, Ro 9:26, Ja 2:23, I Jo 3:1. (Cf. ἀντι-, ἐν-, εἰσ- (-μαι), ἐπι-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-καλέω.)Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 27:2

← Back to Acts 28:7

← Back to 1 Corinthians 14:11

← Back to Ephesians 4:32

← Back to Colossians 3:11

Acts 28:2

2And the barbarians showed us no common kindness for they kindled a fire and received us all because of the present rain and because of the cold

Word By Word, In Greek Order1the | 2And | 3barbarians | 4showed | 5no | 6— | 7common | 8kindness | 9us | 10they kindled | 11for | 12a fire | 13and received | 14all | 15us | 16because of | 17the | 18rain | 19— | 20present | 21and | 22because of | 23the | 24cold

Related verses (14)

the

And

barbarians

showed

The ASV does not translate this word.

common

kindness

they kindled

for

a fire

and received

all

because of

the

rain

The ASV does not translate this word.

present

and

because of

the

cold

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

οἵhoy

τεteh

βάρβαροιBAHR-bah-roy

παρεῖχονpah-RAY-chohn

οὐoo

τὴνtayn

τυχοῦσανtoo-CHOO-sahn

φιλανθρωπίανfee-lahn-throh-PEE-ahn

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

ἅψαντεςHAH-psahn-tes

γὰρgahr

πυρὰνpoo-RAHN

προσελάβοντοproh-seh-LAH-bohn-toh

πάνταςPAHN-tahs

ἡμᾶςhay-MAHS

διὰdee-AH

τὸνtohn

ὑετὸνhoo-eh-TOHN

τὸνtohn

ἐφεστῶταeh-feh-STOH-tah

καὶkai

διὰdee-AH

τὸtoh

ψῦχοςPSOO-chohs

The Pieces

οἵGreek article

τεGreek conjunction

βάρβαροιGreek adjective

παρεῖχονGreek verb

οὐGreek negative particle

τὴνGreek article

τυχοῦσανGreek verb

φιλανθρωπίανGreek noun, feminine

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

ἅψαντεςGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

πυρὰνGreek noun, feminine

προσελάβοντοGreek verb

πάνταςGreek adjective

ἡμᾶςGreek pronoun

διὰGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

ὑετὸνGreek noun, masculine

τὸνGreek article

ἐφεστῶταGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

διὰGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

ψῦχοςGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

and/bothAnd, both.τέ, enclitic copulative particle (= Lat. -que as καί = et, ac, atque ), not very freq. in NT, more than two-thirds of the occurrences being in Ac. τέ solitarium, and, denoting a closer affinity than καί between words and sentences which it connects (Bl., §77, 8): Mt 28:12, Jo 4:42, Ac 2:33, 37, 40 10:22 11:21, al. Denoting a closer connection than simple καί, τὲ... καί, τὲ καί, τὲ... τέ ( Ac 26:16 Ro 14:8 ), as well... as also, both... and: Lk 12:45, Ac 1:1 15:9 21:30, al.; τὲ... δέ, and... and, Ac 19:2; τὲ γάρ... ὁμοίως δὲ καί, Ro 1:26, 27.Scroll for more

barbarianA foreigner, one who speaks neither Greek nor Latin; as adj: foreign.βάρβαρος, -ον (prob. onomatop., descriptive of unintelligible sounds), [in LXX: Ps 113 (114):1 ( לעז ), Ez 21:31 ( 36 ) ( בּער ), II Mac 2:21 4:25 10:4, III Mac 3:24 *;] barbarous, barbarian, strange to Greek language and culture (and also, after the Persian war, with the added sense of brutal, rude ): Ac 28:2, 4, Ro 1:14, I Co 14:11, Col 3:11 (v. Lft., in l., and Notes, 249).†Scroll for more

to furnish occasionAct. and mid: I offer, provide, confer, afford, give, bring, show, cause.παρ-έχω, [in LXX: Ps 29 (30):7 ( עמד hi.), etc.;] Act., to furnish, provide, supply; with ref. to incorporeal things, to afford, show, give, cause: c. acc., Ac 22:2, I Ti 1:4; c. acc. et dat., Mt 26:10, Mk 14:6, Lk 11:7 18:5, Ac 16:16 17:31 28:2, Ga 6:17, I Ti 6:17. to present, offer: c. acc. et dat., Lk 6:29; c. prop. reflex. et acc. pred., to show or present oneself (v. infr., and cf. Bl., § 55, 1). Mid., to supply, furnish or display of one's own part: c. acc. et dat., Lk 7:4, Ac 19:24, Col 4:1. In late writers, c. prop. reflex. et acc. pred. (= act. ut supr.), to show or present oneself (Xen., FlJ, al.; cf. M, Pr., 248; Deiss., BS, 254): Tit 2:7.†Scroll for more

noNo, not.οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Ac 2:7, WH, mg.; cf. WH, Intr., § 409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for לֹא, אַיִן, אֵין;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally c. indic. and for a denial of fact (cf. μή ); absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mt 13:29, Jo 1:21 21:5; οὒ οὔ, Mt 5:37, Ja 5:12. Most freq. negativing a verb or other word, Mt 1:25 10:26, 38, Mk 3:25 9:37, Jo 8:29, Ac 7:5, Ro 1:16, Phl 3:3, al.; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many ), Ac 17:4, al.; οὐκ ἄσημος, Ac 21:39; πᾶς... οὐ, c. verb, (like Heb. כֹּל... לֹא ), no, none, Mt 24:22, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:37, Eph 5:5, al.; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ... ἀλλά, Lk 8:52, Jo 1:33, Ro 8:20, al.; c. 2 pers. fut. (like Heb. לֹא, c. impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12, Ro 7:7, al. With another negative, strengthening the negation: Mk 5:37, Jo 8:15 12:19, Ac 8:39, al.; making an affirmative: Ac 4:20, I Co 12:15. With other particles: οὐ μή (v.s. μή ); οὐ μηκέτι, Mt 21:19; with μή interrog., Ro 10:18, I Co 9:4, 5 11:22. Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne ): Mt 6:26, Mk 4:21, Lk 11:40, Jo 4:35, Ro 9:21, al.Scroll for more

to obtain/happen(a) gen: I obtain, (b) absol: I chance, happen; ordinary, everyday, it may chance, perhaps.τυγχάνω [in LXX: De 19:5 ( מָצָא ), Jb 3:21 7:2 17:1, Pr 24:58 (30:23) (without definite Heb. equiv.), Wi 15:19, I Mac 11:42, III Mac 3:7, al.;] Trans. to hit (opp. to ἁμαρτάνω, to miss the mark: Hom., Xen., al.). to hit upon, light upon; of persons, to meet with, fall in with: absol., ptcp., ὁ τυχών, a chance person, anyone (Lat. quivis ), οὐ τυχών, not common or ordinary, Ac 19:11 28:2; of things, to reach, get, obtain: c. gen. rei. Lk 20:35, Ac 24:3 26:22 27:3, II Ti 2:10 He 8:6 11:35. Intrans., to happen; of things, to happen, chance, befall: impers., εἰ τύχοι, it may be, perhaps, I Co 14:10 15:37; so ptcp., τυχόν (old acc. absol.; v. M, Pr., 74), I Co 16:6 (cf. ἐν-, ὑπερ-εν-, ἐπι-, παρα-, συν-τυγχάνω ).†Scroll for more

benevolenceLove of mankind, benevolence.** φιλανθρωπία, -ας, ἡ (< φιλάνθρωπος, humane ), [in LXX: Es 8:13, II Mac 6:22 14:9, III Mac 3:15, 18 *;] humanity, kindness (v. Field, Notes, 147 f.): Ac 28:2, Tit 3:4 (cf. also DCG, ii, 356 ff.).†Scroll for more

to usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to touchI kindle, light.ἅπτω, [in LXX chiefly for נגע;] prop., to fasten to; hence, of fire, to kindle, light: Lk 8:16 11:33 15:8, Ac 28:2. Mid., c. gen., to fasten oneself to, cling to, lay hold of (so in π.; MM, s.v.): Mt 8:3, 15, Jo 20:17, al.; of carnal intercourse, I Co 7:1; with reference to levitical and ceremonial prohibitions, II Co 6:17, Col 2:21; of hostile action, I Jn 5:18 (cf. ἀν-, καθ-, περι- άπτω ). SYN.: θιγγάνω, ψηλαφάω. ἅ. is the stronger, θ., to touch, the lighter term. ψ. is to feel, as in search of something (Tr., Syn., § xvii; Lft., Col., 201 f.).Scroll for more

forFor.γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl.; explicative and epexegetic: Mt 4:18 19:12, Mk 1:16 5:42 16:4, Lk 11:30, Ro 7:1, I Co 16:5, al. Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mt 9:5 27:23, Lk 9:25 22:27, Jo 9:30, Ac 8:31 16:37 19:35, Ro 15:26, I Co 9:10, Phl 1:18 (Ellic., in l.), I Th 2:20, al. Causal: Mt 1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mk 1:22, 9:6, Lk 1:15, 18, Jo 2:25, Ac 2:25, Ro 1:9, 11, I Co 11:5, Re 1:3, al.; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mt 2:20 3:9, Ro 13:11, Col 3:3, I Th 4:3, al.; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Lk 22:27, Ro 3:3 4:3, I Co 10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mk 10:45, Lk 6:32, I Co 5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl., §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mk 14:70, Lk 1:66 22:37, II Co 13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: II Co 1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (v. Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

fireA fire, pile of burning fuel.** πυρά, -ᾶς, ἡ (< πῦρ ), [in LXX: Jth 7:5, Wi 17:6, al.;] a fire: Ac 28:2, 3.†Scroll for more

to take(a) I take to myself, (b) I take aside, (c) I welcome.προσ-λαμβάνω, [in LXX: Ps 117 (18):16 ( משׁה hi.), Ps 72 (73):24 ( לקח ), etc.;] to take in addition. to take to oneself, take, receive; in NT always mid., -ομαι; of things: of food, c. acc., Ac 27:33; c. gen. part., Ac 27:36; of persons: c. acc., Mt 16:22, Mk 8:32 (v. Swete, in l.), Ac 17:5 18:26 28:2, Ro 14:1, 3 15:7, Phm 17.†Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, every kind of.πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, gen., παντός, πάσης, παντός, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] all, every. As adj., c. subst. anarth., all, every, of every kind: Mt 3:10 4:23, Mk 9:49, Lk 4:37, Jo 2:10, Ac 27:20, Ro 7:8, Re 18:17, al. mult.; pl., all, Ac 22:15, Ro 5:12, He 1:6, al.; of the highest degree, π. ἐξουσία ( προθυμία, χαρά ), Mt 28:18, Ac 17:11, Phl 2:29, al.; also the whole (though in this sense more freq. c. art.), Mt 2:3, Ac 2:36, Ro 11:26. C. art. (before the art., after the noun, or, denoting totality, between the art. and noun), all, whole: Mt 8:32 13:2, Mk 5:33, Lk 1:10, Ac 7:14, Ro 3:19, Ga 5:14, Eph 4:16, al.; pl., Mt 2:4, Mk 4:13, Ro 1:5, al. As pron., masc. and fem., every one: Mk 9:49, Lk 16:16, He 2:9; seq. rel. pron., Mt 7:24, Ac 2:21, Ga 3:10, al.; c. ptcp. (anarth.), Mt 13:19, Lk 11:4; c. ptcp. (c. art.), Mt 5:22, Mk 7:8, Lk 6:47, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:16, al.; pl., πάντες, absol., all, all men, Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, Lk 20:38, Jo 1:7 3:26, I Co 8:1, al.; οἱ π. (collectively, as a definite whole), Ro 11:32, I Co 1:17, Eph 4:13, al.; π. οἱ ( ὅσοι ), Mt 4:24, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:40, al. Neut., sing., πᾶν, everything, all: πᾶν τό, c. ptcp., I Co 10:25, 27, Eph 5:13, I Jo 2:16 5:4 (sc. ὄν ); πᾶν ὅ, Jo 17:2, Ro 14:23; collectively, of persons (Westc., in l.), Jo 6:37, 39; c. prep., in adverbial phrases, διὰ παντός, always, Mt 18:10, al.; ἐν παντί, in everything, in every way, II Co 4:8, Phi 4:6, al.; pl., πάτνα, all things: absol., Jo 1:3, I Co 2:10, He 2:8, al.; of certain specified things, Mk 4:34, Lk 1:3, Ro 8:28, I Th 5:21, al.; acc., πάντα, adverbially, wholly, in all things, in all respects, Ac 20:35, I Co 9:25, al.; c. art., τὰ π., all things (a totality, as distinct from anarth. πάντα, all things severally; cf. Westc., Eph., 186 f.), absol.: Ro 11:36, I Co 8:6, Eph 3:9, He 1:3, al.; relatively, Mk 4:11, Ac 17:25, Ro 8:32, al.; πάντα τά, c. ptcp., Mt 18:31, al.; πάντα ταῦτα ( ταῦτα π. ), Mt 6:32, 33, al.; πάντα, c. prep, in adverbial phrases, πρὸ πάντων, above all things, Ja 5:12, I Pe 4:8; ἐν π., in all things, in all ways, I Ti 3:11, I Pe 4:11, al.; κατὰ πάντα, in all respects, Ac 17:22, al. C. neg., πᾶς οὐ ( μή ) = οὐδείς, v.s. οὐ and μή, and cf. M, Pr., 245 f.Scroll for more

usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

through/because of(a) gen: through, throughout, by the instrumentality of, (b) acc: through, on account of, by reason of, for the sake of, because of.διά (before a vowel δ’, exc. Ro 8:10, II Co 5:7, and in pr. names; Tdf., Pr., 94), prep. c. gen., acc, as in cl.; c. gen., through; of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mt 2:12 12:43, Mk 2:23, Lk 4:30, Jo 4:4, II Co 11:33, al.; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, I Co 3:15, I Pe 3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; metaph., of a state or condition: Ro 14:20, II Co 2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft., Notes, 263, 279), Ro 2:27 4:11; δι’ ὑπομενῆς, Ro 8:25. Of Time; during which: Mt 26:61, Mk 14:58, Lk 5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, He 2:15; δ. παντός ( διαπαντός in Mk 5:5, Lk 24:53 ), always, continually, Mt 18:10, Ac 2:25 (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Ro 11:10 (LXX), II Th 3:16, He 9:6 13:15. within which: Ac 1:3; δ. νυκτός, Ac 5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255 f.): Mk 2:1, Ac 24:17, Ga 2:1. Of the Means or Instrument; of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Ro 11:36, I Co 1:9, Ga 4:7, He 2:10 7:21; of Christ, Ro 1:8 5:1, 17, I Co 15:21, I Pe 4:11, al.; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Ro 1:12, II Co 1:4, Ga 4:23, al.; of the agent, instrument or means; c. gen. pers., Mt 11:2, Lk 1:70, Jo 1:17, Ac 1:16, Ro 2:16, I Co 1:21, Eph 1:5, He 2:14, Re 1:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου ( δ. τ. κυρίου, I Th 4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft., Rev., 121 f.), Mt 1:22 2:15, Ro 1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), II Th 2:2; δ. Σ. ( NTD, 22), I Pe 5:12; c. gen. rei (where often the simple dat. is used in cl.; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jo 11:4, Ac 5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Ro 3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Lk 8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Ga 5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Ga 3:18. C. acc.; rarely, as c. gen., through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας ( ICC, in l.; Bl., §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Lk 17:11. by reason of, because of, for the sake of; c. acc pers. (M, Pr., 105), Mk 2:27, Jo 6:57 11:42, Ro 8:20; c. acc. rei, δ. φθόνον, Mt 27:18, Mk 15:10; δ. φόβον, Jo 7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph 2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq., for this cause, therefore, Mt 6:25, Mk 6:14, Lk 11:49, Jo 6:65, al.; id. seq. ὅτι, Jo 5:16 10:17, al.; δ. τί, why, Mt 9:11, 14, Mk 2:18, Jo 7:45, al.; δ. τό, c. inf., Mk 5:4, Lk 9:7, Ja 4:2. In composition, through, as in διαβαίνω; of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; of transition, as διαλλάσσω; of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112 f., 115 f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω.Scroll for more

rainRain.ὑετός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ὕω, to rain ), [in LXX chiefly for מָטָר, גֶּשֶׁם;] rain: Ac 14:17 28:2, He 6:7, Ja 5:18, Re 11:6; ὄψιμος (q.v.), sc. ὑ., Ja 5:7.†Scroll for more

to approachI stand by, am urgent, befall one (as of evil), am at hand, impend.ἐφ-ίστημι [in LXX for נָצַב ni., שִׁית, נָתַן, etc.;] causal in pres., impf., fut., 1 aor., to set upon or by, set up, etc. (Æsch., Hdt., Arist., al). Intrans. in mid, and in pf. and 2 aor. act.; to stand upon; to be set over; to stand by, be present, be at hand, come on or upon: Lk 2:38 10:40 20:1, Ac 6:12 12:7 22:13, 20 23:27, II Ti 4:2; c. dat. pers., Lk 2:9 24:4, Ac 4:1 23:11; c. dat. loc., Ac 17:5; seq. έπί, c. acc, Ac 10:17 11:11; of rain, Ac 28:2; of evils impending, c. dat. pers., I Th 5:3; seq. έπί ( Wi 6:9 ), Lk 21:34; of time, II Ti 4:6 (cf. κατ-, συν-εφίστημι ).†Scroll for more

coldCold.ψύχος (LT, ψῦ-, as in cl.), -εος ( -ους ), τό (< ψύχω ), [in LXX: Ge 8:22 ( קֹר ), Jb 37:9, Ps 147:6 (17) ( קָרָה ), Za 14:6, Da LXX TH 3:67,69 *;] cold: Jo 18:18, Ac 28:2, II Co 11:27.†Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 3:15

← Back to Exodus 4:4

← Back to Job 20:16

← Back to Psalms 91:13

← Back to Mark 16:18

Acts 28:3

3But when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks and laid them on the fire a viper came out by reason of the heat and fastened on his hand

Word By Word, In Greek Order1when … had gathered | 2But | 3— | 4Paul | 5of sticks | 6a | 7bundle | 8and | 9laid them | 10on | 11the | 12fire | 13a viper | 14by reason of | 15the | 16heat | 17came out | 18and fastened | 19— | 20on … hand | 21his

Related verses (11)

when … had gathered

But

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

of sticks

bundle

and

laid them

the

fire

a viper

by reason of

the

heat

came out

and fastened

The ASV does not translate this word.

on … hand

his

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

συστρέψαντοςsoo-STREH-psahn-tohs

δὲdeh

τοῦtoo

ΠαύλουPOW-loo

φρυγάνωνfroo-GAH-nohn

τιtee

πλῆθοςPLAY-thohs

καὶkai

ἐπιθέντοςeh-pee-THEN-tohs

ἐπὶeh-PEE

τὴνtayn

πυράνpoo-RAHN

ἔχιδναEH-cheed-nah

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

θέρμηςTHEHR-mays

ἐξελθοῦσαeh-ksel-THOO-sah

καθῆψεkah-THAY-pseh

τῆςtays

χειρὸςchay-ROHS

αὐτοῦow-TOO

The Pieces

συστρέψαντοςGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

τοῦGreek article

Παύλουname of a person

φρυγάνωνGreek noun, neuter

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

πλῆθοςGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπιθέντοςGreek verb

ἐπὶGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

πυράνGreek noun, feminine

ἔχιδναGreek noun, feminine

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

θέρμηςGreek noun, feminine

ἐξελθοῦσαGreek verb

καθῆψεGreek verb

τῆςGreek article

χειρὸςGreek noun, feminine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to gatherI roll or gather together.συ-στρέφω [in LXX chiefly for קשׁר;] to twist together: c. acc. rei, Ac 28:3. Pass., of persons, to gather themselves together: Mt 17:22 (WH, R, mg.).†Scroll for more

thenA weak adversative particle, generally placed second in its clause; but, on the other hand, and.δέ (before vowels δ’; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, v. WH, App., 146; Tdf., Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mt 1:2 ff., II Co 6:15, 16, II Pe 1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Ro 3:21, 22, 9:30, I Co 2:6, Ga 2:2, Phl 2:8; in transition to something new, Mt 1:18 2:19, Lk 13:1, Jo 7:14, Ac 6:1, Ro 8:28, I Co 7:1 8:1, al.; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jo 3:19, Ro 5:8, I Co 1:12, Eph 2:4 5:32, al.; ὡς δέ, Jo 2:9; καὶ... δέ, but also, Mt 10:18, Lk 1:76, Jo 6:51, Ro 11:23, al.; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jo 8:16. Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop., answering to a foregoing μέν (q.v.), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most freq. without μέν; Bl., §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mt 6:14, 23, al.; ἐγὼ ( σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mt 5:22 6:6, Mk 8:29, al.; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mk 1:45, Lk 4:40, al.; after a negation, Mt 6:19, 20, Ro 3:4, I Th 5:21, al.Scroll for more

PaulPaul, Paulus.Παῦλος, -ου, ὁ (Lat. Paulus ), Sergius Paulus: Ac 13:7. the Apostle Paul (cf. Σαῦλος ): Ac 13:9, and freq. throughout Ac., Ro 1:1, I Co 1:1, al., II Pe 3:15.Scroll for more

brushwoodA dry stick for burning.φρύγανον, -ου, τό (< φρύγω, to parch ), [in LXX chiefly for קַשׁ, also for חָרוּל, etc.;] a dry stick: pl., brushwood: Ac 28:3.†Scroll for more

oneAny one, some one, a certain one or thing.τις, neut., τι, gen., τινός, enclitic indefinite pron., related to interrog. τίς as πού, πως, ποτέ to ποῦ, πῶς, πότε. As subst., one, a certain one: Lk 9:49, Jo 11:1, Ac 5:25, al.; pl., τίνες, certain, some: Lk 13:1, Ac 15:1, Ro 3:8, al. someone, anyone, something, anything: Mt 12:29, Mk 9:30, Lk 8:46, Jo 2:25, Ac 17:25, Ro 5:7, al.; = indef., one (French on ), Mk 8:4, Jo 2:25, Ro 8:24, al.; pl., τινες, some, Mk 14:4, al. As adj., a certain: Mt 18:12, Lk 1:5 8:27, Ac 3:2, al.; with proper names, Mk 15:21, Lk 23:26, al.; c. gen. partit., Lk 7:19, al. some: Mk 16:[18], Jo 5:14, Ac 17:21 24:24, He 11:40, al.Scroll for more

multitudeA multitude, crowd, great number, assemblage.πλῆθος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly for רֹב, also for הָמוֹן, etc.;] a great number, a multitude; of things: ἰχθύων, Lk 5:6, Jo 21:6; φρυγάνων, Ac 28:3; ἁμαρτιιῶν, Ja 5:20, I Pe 4:8; τ. πλήθει, in multitude, He 11:12; of persons: Ac 21:22 (WH, R, om.); c. gen., Lk 2:13, Jo 5:3, Ac 5:14; π. πολύ ( πολὺ π. ), Mk 3:7, 8; id. c. gen., Lk 6:17 23:27, Ac 14:1 17:4. Of persons, c. art., the whole number, the multitude (in Plat., Thuc., Xen., al., = δῆμος, the commons, or-opp. to δῆμος - the populace ): Ac 2:6 15:30 19:9 23:7; τ. λαοῦ, Ac 21:36; τ. πόλεως, Ac 14:4; πᾶν τὸ π., Ac 15:12; c. gen., Lk 1:10 8:37 19:37 23:1, Ac 4:32 5:16 6:2, 5 25:24.†Scroll for more

to put/lay onI put, place upon, lay on; I add, give in addition.ἐπι-τίθημι [in LXX for נָתַן, שָׁוָה, etc.;] to lay, set or place upon: c. acc rei, seq. ἐπί, c. acc rei, Mt 23:4, Lk 15:5, Jo 9:6 ( WH, txt.), 15, Ac 15:10 28:3; ἐπί, c. gen. rei, Mt 27:29; ἐν, ib.; c. dat. pers., σταυρόν, Lk 23:26; στέφανον, Jo 19:2; ὄνομα, Mk 3:16, 17; πληγάς, Lk 10:30, Ac 16:23; ἐπί c. acc pers., Re 22:18; of the laying on of hands, τ. χεῖρα ( -ας ), seq. ἐπί c. acc pers., Mt 9:18, Mk 16:[18], Ac 8:17 9:17; c. dat. pers., Mt 19:13, 15, Mk 5:23 6:5 7:32 8:23, Lk 4:40 13:13, Ac 6:6 8:19 9:12 13:3 19:6 28:8, I Ti 5:22. Mid., to provide: Ac 28:10 (RV, put on board; cf. Field, Notes, 149); to throw oneself upon, attack: c. dat. pers., Ac 18:10. to add to: Re 22:18 (v. supr., and cf. Swete, in l.).†Scroll for more

upon/to/againstOn, to, against, on the basis of, at.ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’ ), prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT), with primary sense of superposition, on, upon. C. gen., of place, answering the question, where? of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ. ); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων, Ro 9:5: τ. γάζης, Ac 8:27; ἐξουσία, Re 2:26 20:6; of vicinity, at, by: τ. θαλάσσης, Jo 6:9; τ. ὁδοῦ, Mt 21:19; τοῦ βάτου, Mk 12:26 (v. Swete, in l.); c. gen. pers., in the presence of, before, Mt 28:14, Ac 23:30, I Co 6:1, al. Of time, c. gen. pers., in the time of: ἐπὶ Ἐλισαίου, Lk 4:27; ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου, Ac 11:28; ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως, when A. was high priest, Mk 2:26; c. gen. rei, at, at the time of: Mt 1:11, He 1:2, II Pe 3:3; ἐπὶ τ. προσευχῶν, Ro 1:10, Eph 1:16, I Th 1:2, Phm 4. C. dat., of place, answering the question, where? lit., on, upon: Mt 9:16, 14:8, al.; after verbs of motion (v. supr., I, 1, ( a )), Mt 9:16 Ac 8:16; above, Lk 23:38; at, by, Mk 13:29, Jo 5:2, Ac 5:9, al.; metaph., upon, on the ground of, Lk 4:4 (LXX); in the matter of, Mk 6:52 (v. Swete, in l.); upon, of, concerning, Ac 5:35, 40; of the ground, reason or motive (Bl., §38, 2; 43, 3), Mt 18:3 19:9, Ro 12:12, al.; ἐφ’ ᾧ, for the reason that, because, Ro 5:12 II Co 5:4; after verbs of motion, over, Mt 18:13, Ro 16:19, al.; of a condition (cl.), Ro 8:20, I Co 9:10; ἐπὶ δυσὶ μάρτυσιν (v. Westc. on He 9:10 ), He 10:28; of purpose or aim, Eph 2:10, Phl 4:10; of authority, over, Mt 24:47 Lk 12:44; of hostility, c. dat. pers. (cl.), against, Lk 12:52; in addition to (cl.), II Co 7:13; of an adjunct, in, at, on, Phl 1:3 2:17. C. acc., of place of motion upon or over, answering the question, whither? lit., upon, over: Mt 14:28, 29, Lk 5:19, al. mult.; in NT also, answering the question, where? (as c. gen., dat.), Mk 4:38 11:2, Lk 2:25, Jo 1:32; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, Ac 1:15 2:1, al.; of motion to a vicinity, to, Mk 16:2, Ac 8:36, al.; metaph. (in wh. "the acc. is more widely prevalent than it strictly should be," Bl., §43, 1); of blessings, evils, etc., coming upon one, c. acc. pers., Mt 10:13 12:28, Ac 2:17, Jo 18:4, Eph 5:6, al.; of addition (dat. in cl.), λύπη ἐπὶ λύπην, Phl 2:27; ἐπικαλεῖν ὄνομα ἐπί (v.s. ἐπικαλέω ), Ac 15:17, Ja 2:7; καλεῖν ἐπί, to call after, Lk 1:59; of number or degree: ἐπὶ τρίς (cl. εἰς τ. ), thrice, Ac 10:16 11:10; ἐπὶ πλεῖον, the more, further, Ac 4:17 II Ti 2:16 3:9 (v. also infr., 2, ( a )); ἐφ’ ὅσον (v. infr., ib.), forasmuch as, Mt 25:40, 45, Ro 11:13; of power, authority, control, Lk 1:33, Ac 7:10 Ro 5:14, He 3:6, al.; of the direction of thoughts and feelings, unto, towards, Lk 1:17 23:28, Ac 9:35, 42, Ro 11:22, Ga 4:9, Eph 2:7, I Ti 5:5, al.; of purpose, for, Mt 3:7, Lk 23:48; ἐφ’ ὅ πάρει (Rec. ἐφ’ ᾧ, Mt 26:50; of hostility, against, Mt 24:7, Mk 3:24-26 10:11 13:8, Lk 9:5, Jo 13:18, Ac 7:54, I Co 7:36, II Co 1:23; Of reference, concerning, for (cl. usually dat.), Mk 9:12 15:24, Jo 19:24, Ro 4:9. Of time, during, for: Lk 4:25 (WH, txt., omits ἐπί ), Ac 13:31 16:18, He 11:30, al.; ἐφ’ ὅσον (χρόνον), as long as, for so long time as, Mk 9:15 Ro 7:1, al. (for ἐφ’ ὅ in another sense, v. supr., 1, ( b )); ἐφ’ ἱκανόν (v.s. ἱ ), Ac 20:11; ἐπὶ πλεῖον (v. supr., 1, (b)), yet longer, further, Ac 20:9 24:4; on, about, towards (cl. εἰς ): Lk 10:35 Ac 3:1 4:5. In composition, ἐπί signifies: up, ἐπαίρω; upon, ἐπίγειος, ἐπιδημέω, ἐπικαθίζω; towards, επιβλέπω, ἐπεκτείνω; over (of superintendence), ἐπιστάτης; again, in addition, ἐπαιτέω; against, ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιβουλή.Scroll for more

fireA fire, pile of burning fuel.** πυρά, -ᾶς, ἡ (< πῦρ ), [in LXX: Jth 7:5, Wi 17:6, al.;] a fire: Ac 28:2, 3.†Scroll for more

snakeA serpent, snake, viper.** ἔχιδνα, -ης, ἡ, [in OT (Aq.), Is 59:5 *;] a viper: Ac 28:3; metaph., γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, Mt 3:7 12:34 23:33, Lk 3:7.†Scroll for more

away fromFrom, away from.ἀπό (on the freq. neglect of elision bef. vowels, v. Tdf., Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. c. gen. (WM, 462 ff.; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, WM, 456 f.), [in LXX for מִן, בְּ, לְ;] from (i.e. from the exterior). Of separation and cessation; of motion from a place: Mt 5:29, 30 7:23, Lk 5:2 22:41, al.; in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, s.v.; Bl., § 40, 2), Mt 9:16 27:21, Jo 21:10, Ac 5:2, al.; also after verbs of eating, etc.; of alienation (cl. gen. of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss., BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc.; ἀνάθεμα ἀ., Ro 9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ., Col 2:20; σαλευθῆναι, II Th 2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss., BS, 196, 216), Ac 20:26, II Co 7:1, He 9:14; of position, Mt 23:34 24:31, al.; after μακράν, Mt 8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jo 10:18 21:8, Re 14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc., Mt 9:22, Jo 19:27, Ac 20:18, Phl 1:5, al.; ἀπ’ αἰῶνος, Lk 1:70, al.; ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, etc., Mt 19:4, Ro 1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, II Ti 3:15; ἀφ’ ἧς, since, Lk 7:45, al.; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Lk 1:48, al.; ἀπὸ τότε, Mt 4:17, al.; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, II Co 8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Ac 28:23; of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mt 2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mt 1:17; ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Ac 8:10, He 8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mt 20:8, Jo 8:9, Ac 8:35, al. Of origin; of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227 ff.), Mt 21:11, Mk 15:43, Jo 1:45, Ac 10:38, al.; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, § 66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), He 13:24; of membership in a community or society (Bl., § 40, 2), Ac 12:1, al.; of material (= cl. gen.; Bl., § 40, 2; M, Pr., 102), Mt 3:4 27:21; after verbs of asking, seeking, etc., Lk 11:50, 51, I Th 2:6 (Milligan, in l.); of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (freq. = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc.; Bl., § 40, 3), Mt 7:16 11:29, Lk 22:45, Ac 2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, I Co 11:23, Ga 3:2, al.; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Lk 19:3 (cf. Jo 21:6, Ac 22:11 ); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mt 14:26, al. (cf. Mt 10:28 13:44 ). Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִנֶּגֶב ), Re 21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου ( מִפְּנֵי ), II Th 1:9 (Bl., § 40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν ( בְּלֵב ), Mt 18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, § 10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Re 1:4. In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. ( ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω ); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, ἀφικνεῖσθαι, q.v.Scroll for more

heatHeat.θέρμη, -ης, ἡ, [in LXX: Jb 6:17, Ps 18(19):6, Ec 4:11 ( חמם and derivatives), Si 38:28 *;] heat: Ac 28:3.†Scroll for more

to go outI go out, come out.ἐξ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for יצא, also for עלה,בֹּוא, etc.;] depon., to go, or come out of: Mt 10:11, Mk 1:35, Jo 13:30, al.; c. inf., Mt 11:8, Mk 3:21, Lk 7:25, 26 Ac 20:8; id. seq. ἐπί, Mt 26:55, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:38; ἵνα, Re 6:2; ἐ. seq. ἐκ (cl. c. gen. loc.), Mk 5:2, Jo 4:30, al.; ἔξω, c. gen., Mt 21:17, Mk 14:68, Ac 16:13, He 13:13; ἀπό, Mk 11:12, Lk 9:5, Phl 4:15; ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 15:21, Mk 6:1, Lk 9:4, al.; of demons expelled, seq. ἐκ (ἀπό), c. gen. pers., Mk 1:25, 26 5:8, Lk 4:35, al.; of prisoners released, Mt 5:26, Ac 16:40; ptcp., ἐξελθών, c. indic., of verb of departure (cf. Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 8:32 15:21 24:1, Mk 16:8, Lk 22:39, Ac 12:9, 17 al. Metaph., of persons: II Co 6:17, I Jo 2:19; of birth or origin, Mt 2:6 (LXX), He 7:5 (cf. Ge 35:11 ); of escape from danger, ἐκ τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν, Jo 10:39; of public appearance, I Jo 4:1; of things: Mt 24:27; esp. of utterances, reports, proclamations: φωνή, Re 16:17 19:5; φήμη, Mt 9:26, Lk 4:14; ἀκοή, Mk 1:28; λόγος, Jo 21:23; δόγμα, Lk 2:1 (cf. δι-εξέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

to attachI lay hold of, fasten on to, seize, attack.** καθ-άπτω, [in Sm.: Ca 1:6 *;] to fasten on, put upon, c. acc. Act. for mid. (cf. Bl., § 53, 3), to lay hold of, attack: c. gen., χειρός, Ac 28:3.†Scroll for more

handA hand.χείρ, gen., χειρος (acc., χεῖραν, I Pe 5:6 T), ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for יָד;] the hand: Mt 3:12, Mk 3:1, Lk 6:6, al. mult.; ἡ χ., acting subject, Lk 22:21; pl., Ac 17:25 20:34, I Jo 1:1; τ. ἔργα τῶν χ., Ac 7:41, Re 9:20; ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τ. ἐμῇ χ., I Co 16:21, Col 4:18, II Th 3:17; prepositional phrases, esp. those without art., similar to Heb. constructions (Bl., §32, 4; 40, 9; 46, 9), ἐν χ.; c gen. (Lft., in l.), Ga 3:19; σὺν χ. ἀγγέλου, Ac 7:35; διὰ (τῶν) χειρῶν (διὰ χειρός), Mk 6:2, Ac 5:12 7:25, al.; ἐπὶ χειρῶν, Mt 4:6, Lk 4:11; ellipse of χ. ( ἡ δεξία, ἀριστερα; Bl., § 44, 1), Mt 6:3, al. By meton., for the power or activity of an individual, Mt 17:22, Mk 9:31, Lk 9:44, Jo 10:39, Ac 12:11, al.; metaph., of the activity or power of God: Lk 1:66 23:46, Jo 10:29, Ac 11:21 13:11, al.Scroll for more

it/s/heHe, she, it, they, them, same.αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

← Back to Genesis 27:45

← Back to Genesis 31:55

← Back to Genesis 42:22

← Back to Exodus 20:13

← Back to Deuteronomy 21:1

← Back to Judges 9:56

← Back to 1 Samuel 17:35

← Back to 2 Samuel 3:29

← Back to 2 Samuel 3:30

← Back to 2 Samuel 16:8

← Back to 1 Kings 2:31

← Back to Job 1:19

← Back to Job 4:7

← Back to Proverbs 13:21

← Back to Proverbs 28:17

← Back to Jeremiah 41:15

← Back to Romans 1:14

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:8

Acts 28:4

4And when the barbarians saw the venomous creature hanging from his hand they said one to another No doubt this man is a murderer whom though he hath escaped from the sea yet Justice hath not suffered to live

Word By Word, In Greek Order1when | 2And | 3saw | 4the | 5barbarians | 6hanging | 7the | 8venomous creature | 9from | 10— | 11hand | 12his | 13to | 14one … another | 15they said | 16No doubt | 17a murderer | 18is | 19— | 20man | 21this | 22whom | 23though he hath escaped … yet | 24from | 25the | 26sea | 27— | 28Justice | 29to live | 30not | 31hath … suffered

Related verses (17)

when

And

saw

the

barbarians

hanging

the

venomous creature

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

hand

his

one … another

they said

No doubt

a murderer

The ASV does not translate this word.

man

this

whom

though he hath escaped … yet

from

the

sea

The ASV does not translate this word.

Justice

to live

not

hath … suffered

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

ὡςhohs

δὲdeh

εἶδονAY-dohn

οἱhoy

βάρβαροιBAHR-bah-roy

κρεμάμενονkreh-MAH-meh-nohn

τὸtoh

θηρίονthay-REE-ohn

ἐκek

τῆςtays

χειρὸςchay-ROHS

αὐτοῦow-TOO

πρὸςprohs

ἀλλήλουςah-LAY-loos

ἔλεγονEH-leh-gohn

ΠάντωςPAHN-tohs

φονεύςfoh-NYOOS

ἐστινeh-steen

ὁhoh

ἄνθρωποςAHN-throh-pohs

οὗτοςHOO-tohs

ὃνhohn

διασωθένταdee-ah-soh-THEN-tah

ἐκek

τῆςtays

θαλάσσηςthah-LAH-says

ἡhay

δίκηDEE-kay

ζῆνzayn

οὐκook

εἴασενAY-ah-sen

The Pieces

ὡςGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

εἶδον

οἱGreek article

βάρβαροιGreek adjective

κρεμάμενονGreek verb

τὸGreek article

θηρίονGreek noun, neuter

ἐκGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

χειρὸςGreek noun, feminine

αὐτοῦGreek pronoun

πρὸςGreek preposition

ἀλλήλουςGreek reciprocal pronoun

ἔλεγονGreek verb

ΠάντωςGreek adverb

φονεύςGreek noun, masculine

ἐστινGreek verb

ὁGreek article

ἄνθρωποςGreek noun, masculine

οὗτοςGreek demonstrative pronoun

ὃνGreek relative pronoun

διασωθένταGreek verb

ἐκGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

θαλάσσηςGreek noun, feminine

ἡGreek article

δίκηGreek noun, feminine

ζῆνGreek verb

οὐκGreek negative particle

εἴασενGreek verb

What It Can Mean

as/whenAs, like as, about, as it were, according as, how, when, while, as soon as, so that.ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as; with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως... ὡς, Mk 4:26, I Co 3:15, Eph 5:28, Ja 2:12, al.; ὡς... οὕτως, Ac 8:32, I Co 7:17, al.; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω ), c. nom., Mt 6:29, al.; c. acc., Mt 19:19, Mk 12:31, al.; c. prep., Mt 26:55, Mk 14:48, Lk 22:52, Jo 7:10, al.; c. verb., Jo 15:6, II Co 3:1, Eph 2:3, I Th 5:6, al.; c. ptcp. (the ptcp. however not having the special force wh. it has in cl.; v. Bl., §73, 5; 74, 6), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, He 13:17, al.; freq implying opinion or belief, Ro 9:32; so esp, c. gen. absol., I Co 4:18, II Co 5:20, I Pe 4:12, II Pe 1:3. Before numerals, about, nearly: Mk 5:13, Jo 1:40, Ac 5:7, al. Before adjectives and adverbs, how: Ro 10:15 11:33, I Th 2:10; c. superl., ὡς τάχιστα, as quickly as possible, Ac 17:15. As conjunction; temporal, as, when, since: Mk 9:21 14:72, Lk 1:23, Jo 2:9, al.; while, when, as long as: Lk 12:58, Jo 12:36, Ga 6:10 (Field, Notes, 191); ὡς ἄν (M, Pr., 167, and v.s. ἄν ), Ro 15:24, I Co 11:34, Phl 2:23. Final, in order that; c. inf., in order to (M, Pr., 204n), Lk 9:52, Ac 20:24, He 7:9.Scroll for more

to seeI see, look upon, experience, perceive, discern, beware.ὁράω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for חזה, etc.;] in "durative" sense (hence aor. act., εἶδον, pass., ὤφθην, fut., ὄψομαι, from different roots; v. M, Pr., 110 f.), to see (in colloq. even the pres. is rare, its place being generally taken by βλέτω, θεωρέω, v. Bl., § 24). Of bodily vision, to see, perceive, behold: absol., Mk 6:38, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:46, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 2:16, al.; c. acc., Mt 2:2, Mk 1:10 16:7, Ga 1:19, al.; θεόν, Jo 1:18, I Jo 4:20, al. to see with the mind, perceive, discern: absol, Ro 15:21; c. acc. rei., Mt 9:2 27:54, Ac 8:23, Col 2:18, al. to see, take heed, beware: ὅρα μή, c. aor. subjc., Mt 8:4 18:10, Mk 1:44, I Th 5:15; id., sc. μὴ ποήσῃς, Re 19:10 22:9 (Bl., § 81, 1); seq. imperat. Mt 9:30 16:6, Mk 8:15. to experience: τ. θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; ζωήν, Jo 3:36; τ. διαφθοράν, Ac 2:27. to visit: c. acc. pers., Lk 8:20, Jo 12:21, Ro 1:11, al.; c. acc. loc., Ac 19:21. to see to, care for: Mt 27:4, Ac 18:15 (cf. ἀφ-, καθ-, προ-, συν-οράω ). SYN.: v.s. βλέπω.Scroll for more

to hangI hang, hang up, suspend; mid: I am hanging, hang.κρεμάννυμι (also κρεμαννύω, κρεμάω; the pres. is not found in NT), [in LXX (where also κρεμάζω, Jb 26:7 ) chiefly for תּלה;] trans., to hang, suspend: c. acc. pers., seq. ἐπὶ ξύλου, Ac 5:30 10:39; pass., Lk 23:39; seq. περί, Mt 18:6. Mid., κρέμαμαι, intrans., to hang: seq. ἐκ, Ac 28:4; ἐπὶ ξύλου, Ga 3:13 (LXX); metaph., seq. ἐν, Mt 22:40.†Scroll for more

wild animalProperly: a wild beast, hence: any animal; met: a brute.θηρίον, -ου, τό (dimin. of θήρ ), [in LXX chiefly for חַיָּה;] a wild beast, beast: Mk 1:13, Ac 11:6 28:4, 5, Tit 1:12, He 12:20, Ja 3:7, Re 6:8; of Antichrist, Re 11:7, 13-20.†Scroll for more

out fromFrom out, out from among, from, suggesting from the interior outwards.ἐκ ( ἐξ ), prep. c. gen., from out of, from ( see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. c. gen., of motion outwards, separation from (opp. to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex ), from out of, from among, from. Of Place, of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jo 6:31, Ac 9:3, Ga 1:8, al.; esp. after verbs of motion, Mt 8:28 17:9, Mk 1:25 7:28, Jo 1:33 20:1, Ac 12:7, 17 27:30, al.; constr. praeg., σώζειν (διας.) ἐκ, Ju 5, Ac 28:4. Metaph., Mt 7:4, 5, I Pe 2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), seq. gen. pers., Lk 1:74, Jo 10:28, 29, 39, Ac 12:4 24:7, Re 19:2; πίνειν (q.v.) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Lk 5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jo 13:4, II Co 2:4 ). Of change from one place or condition to another: Jo 8:42, Ro 6:13 13:11, Re 7:14, al.; c. ellips. of verb of motion, II Ti 2:26, II Pe 2:21, Re 2:21, al. Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mt 13:47, 49, Jo 12:1, Ac 3:15, I Pe 1:3, al.; after εἷς, Mt 10:29, Lk 17:15, al.; οὐδείς, Jo 7:19, al.; πολλοί, Jo 11:19, al.; τις, Lk 11:15, al.; τίς, Mt 6:27, al.; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jo 16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου seq. gen., = ἐκ (Heb. מִתֹּוךְ ), Mt 13:49, al. Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω ): ἐκ δεξιῶν (v.s. δεξιός ); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mk 15:39 (metaph., Tit 2:8 ); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e., utterly ), Mt 11:20. Of Time, of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jo 9:1, cf. Mk 10:20, Lk 23:8, Ac 24:10, al. Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mk 14:72, al., cf. Mt 26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, II Pe 2:8. Of Origin, of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Ro 9:10, Mt 1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mt 1:3 ff.; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jo 3:6 8:41, Ga 4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jo 1:13 3:5 ff., al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc., ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jo 1:44; φυλῆς, Lk 2:36, al.; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Lk 23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jo 3:31. Of the author, occasion or source: Mt 5:37, Jo 2:16, Ro 2:29, I Co 8:6, Ga 5:8, al.; ἐκ (τ.) θεοῦ, I Co 7:7, II Co 5:1, I Jo 4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jo 6:65, al.; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jo 3:31; εκ καρδίας, Ro 6:17, cf. Mk 12:30, I Ti 1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph 6:6, Col 3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Lk 19:22, Re 20:12. Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mt 15:5, Mk 7:11, II Co 2:2, al.; freq. in Re after αδικεῖσθαι ( 2:11 ), etc. Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Re 16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Re 8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jo 6:66 19:12 (but v. Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, II Co 2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας εἶναι, Jo 18:37, I Jo 3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Ro 3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Ac 11:2, Ro 4:12, Ga 2:12, Col 4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mt 26:29, Mk 14:25, Jo 4:13, al.; θερίζειν, Ga 6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. gen.), I Co 10:13; c. inf., ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, II Co 8:11. Of material: Mt 27:29, Jo 2:15 19:2, Ro 9:21, I Co 11:12, Re 18:12, al.; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. gen.): Mt 27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Ac 1:18. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mt 24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mk 5:30 (v. Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Lk 11:13. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, II Co 9:7, He 7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, II Co 8:13; ἐκ μέρους, I Co 12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jo 3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, I Co 7:5. in composition, ἐκ signifies, procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaph., ἐξαγγάλλω. Origin: ἔκγονος. Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (v. M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω.Scroll for more

to/withTo, towards, with.πρός, prep. c. gen., dat., acc. C. gen., of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaph., in the interests of, Ac 27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). C. dat., of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mk 5:11, Lk 19:37, Jo 18:16 20:11, 12, Re 1:13. C. acc., of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. Of place, after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc., Mt 3:14, Mk 6:51, Lk 11:5, Jo 2:3, Ac 9:2, al. mult.; metaph., of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Lk 23:12, Jo 6:52, II Co 7:4, Eph 6:12, Col 3:13, al.; of the issue or end, Lk 14:32, Jo 11:4, al.; of purpose, Mt 26:12, Ro 3:26, I Co 6:5, al.; πρὸς τό, c. inf., denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft., Notes, 131), Mt 5:28, Mk 13:22, Eph 6:11, I Th 2:9, al.; of close proximity, at, by, with: Mt 3:10, Mk 11:4, Lk 4:11, Ac 3:2, al.; after εἶναι, Mt 13:56, Mk 6:3, Jo 1:1, al. Of time, towards (Plat., Xen., LXX: Ge 8:11, al.): Lk 24:29; for: πρὸς καιρόν, Lk 8:13, I Co 7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jo 5:35, al.; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Ja 4:14. Of relation toward, with: Ro 5:1, II Co 1:12, Col 4:5, I Th 4:12, al.; with regard to: Mt 19:8, Mk 12:12, Ro 8:31, al.; pertaining to, to: Mt 27:4, Jo 21:22, Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; according to: Lk 12:47, II Co 5:10, Ga 2:14, Eph 3:4 4:14; in comparison with: Ro 8:18. In composition: towards ( προσέρχομαι ), to ( προσάγω ), against ( προσκόπτω ), besides ( προσδαπανάω ).Scroll for more

one anotherOne another, each other.ἀλλήλων (gen. pl.), dat. -οις, -αις, acc. -ους, -ας, -α (no nom.), recipr. pron. (< ἄλλος ), of one another, mutually: Mt 25:32, Mk 4:41, Jo 13:22, al.Scroll for more

to say(denoting speech in progress), (a) I say, speak; I mean, mention, tell, (b) I call, name, especially in the pass., (c) I tell, command.λέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

surelyWholly, entirely, in every way, by all means, certainly.πάντως, adv. (< πάς ), [in LXX: IV Ki 5:11 (v. Thackeray, Gr., 47), To 14:8, al.;] altogether, by all means; without neg. (from Hdt. on): I Co 16:12; esp. in strong affirmations, surely, at all events: Lk 4:23, Ac 21:22 28:4, I Co 9:10; c. neg. (so always in Hom.), in a complete negation: Ro 3:9; in a partial negation (Bl., § 75, 7), I Co 5:10.†Scroll for more

murdererA murderer.* φονεύς, -έως, ὁ ( φόνος ) [in LXX: Wi 12:5 *;] a murderer: Mt 22:7 Ac 7:52 28:4, I Pe 4:15, Re 21:8 22:15; ἀνὴρ φ., Ac 3:14.† SYN.: ἀνθρωποκτόνοςScroll for more

he isεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

a humanA man, one of the human race.ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אָדָם, אִישׁ, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc.;] man: generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo ): Jo 16:21; c. art., Mt 4:4 12:35, Mk 2:27, Jo 2:25, Ro 7:1, al; disting. from God, Mt 19:6, Jo 10:33, Col 3:23, al.; from animals, etc., Mt 4:19, Lk 5:10, Re 9:4, al.; implying human frailty and imperfection, I Co 3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, I Co 2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, I Pe 4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, I Co 3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν ( λαλεῖν ), Ro 3:5, I Co 9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Ga 3:15 (cf. I Co 15:32, Ga 1:11 ); by meton., of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω ( ἔξω ) ἄ., Ro 7:22, Eph 3:16, II Co 4:16 (cf. I Pe 3:4 ); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ., Ro 6:6, Eph 2:15 4:22, 24, Col 3:9, 10; joined with another subst., ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mt 13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ. ); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mt 13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mt 27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Ac 16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ., men, people: Mt 5:13, 16, Mk 8:24, Jo 4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mk 11:2, I Ti 6:16. Indef., ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mt 17:14, Mk 12:1, al.; τις ἄ., Mt 18:12, Jo 5:5, al.; indef. one (Fr. on ), Ro 3:28, Ga 2:16, al.; opp. to women, servants, etc., Mt 10:36 19:10, Jo 7:22, 23. Definitely, c. art., of some particular person; Mt 12:13, Mk 3:5, al.; οὗτος ὁ ἄ., Lk 14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mk 14:71, Mt 12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, II Th 2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אֱלֹהִים אִישׁ ), I Ti 6:11, II Ti 3:17, II Pe 1:21; ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀ., v.s. υἱός. SYN.: ἀνήρ, q.v. (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635).Scroll for more

this/he/she/itThis; he, she, it.οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

whichWho, which, what, that.ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article ( ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν ). As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, the one... the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν... ὃ δέ, the one... the other, some... some, Mt 13:8, 23, Ro 9:21; ὃς ( ὃ ) μὲν... ( ἄλλος ( ἄλλο ))... ἕτερος ( -ο ), Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, I Co 12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol., I Co 12:28; ὃς μὲν... ὁ δέ, Ro 14:2. As relat. pron., who, which, what, that; agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mt 2:9, Lk 9:9, Ac 20:18, Ro 2:29, al. mult. In variation from the common construction; in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mk 15:16, Ga 3:16, Eph 6:17, al.; constr. ad sensum: Jo 6:9, Col 2:19, I Ti 3:16, Re 13:14, al.; in number, constr. ad sensum: Ac 15:36, II Pe 3:1; in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl., § 50, 2): Jo 4:18, Ac 3:21, Ro 15:18, I Co 6:19, Eph 1:8, al. The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mk 3:17 12:42, Jo 1:39, Col 3:14, al.; with a sentence, Ac 2:32, Ga 2:10, I Jo 2:8, al. With ellipse of a demonstrative ( οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος ), before or after: before, Mt 20:23, Lk 7:43, Ro 10:14, al.; after, Mt 10:38, Mk 9:40, Jo 19:22, Ro 2:1 al. Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mt 11:10 ( who = that he may ), Mk 1:2, He 12:6 al. C. prep. as periphrasis for conjc.: ἀνθ’ ὧν ( = ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν ), because, Lk 1:20, al.; wherefore, Lk 12:3; ἐφ’ ᾧ, since, for that, Ro 5:12; ἀφ’ οὗ, since (temporal), Lk 13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Phl 3:20; etc. With particles: ὃς ἄν ( ἐάν ), v.s. ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mk 3:19, Jo 21:20, Ro 5:2, al.; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mt 27:57. Gen., οὗ, absol., as adv. (v.s. οὗ ).Scroll for more

sea(a) the sea, in contrast to the land, (b) a particular sea or lake, e.g. the sea of Galilee (Tiberias), the Red Sea.θάλασσα, -ης, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for יָם;] the sea: Mt 23:15, Mk 11:23, Lk 21:25, Ro 9:27, He 11:12, Ja 1:6, Ju 13, Re 7:1, al.; τὸ πέλαγος τῆς θ. (v. Tr., ut infr.), Mt 18:6; ὁ οὐρανὸς κ. ἡ γῆ κ. ἡ θ., of the whole world, Ac 4:24, al. ( Ha 2:7 ); θ. ὑαλίνη, Re 4:6 15:2; of the Mediterranean, Ac 10:6, 32 17:14; of the Red Sea, ἐρυθρὰ θ., Ac 7:36, I Co 10:1, 2, He 11:29; of an inland lake (as Heb. יָם ), θ. τ. Γαλιλαίας, Mt 4:18 15:29, Mk 1:16 7:31; τ. Τιβεριάδος, Jo 21:1; τ. Γ. τ. T., Jo 6:1; of the same, simply ἡ θ., Mt 4:15, Mk 2:13, al. SYN.: πέλαγος, the vast expanse of open water"; θ., "the sea as contrasted with the land" (Tr., Syn., xiii).Scroll for more

condemnation(a) (originally: custom, usage) right, justice, (b) process of law, judicial hearing, (c) execution of sentence, punishment, penalty, (d) justice, vengeance.δίκη, -ης, ἡ [in LXX for נקם, ריב, etc.;] custom. right. a judicial hearing; hence its result, the execution of a sentence, punishment: δ. τίνειν, II Th 1:9; δ. υπεχειν, Ju 7. Personified (cf. Lat. Justitia ), justice, vengeance: Ac 28:4.†Scroll for more

to liveI live, am alive.ζάω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for חיה (most freq. ptcp., ζῶν, inf., ζῆν, for חַי );] prop., to live, be alive (v. Syn., s.v. βίος; in cl. usually of animal life, but sometimes of plants, as Arist., Eth. N, i, 7, 12): Ac 20:12, Ro 7:1-3, I Co 7:39, Re 19:20, al.; ἐν αὐτῷ ζῶμεν, Ac 17:28; ἐμοὶ τὸ ζῆν Χριστός, Phl 1:21; διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν (M, Pr., 215, 249), He 2:15; ὃ δὲ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί, Ga 2:20; ζῇ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός, Ga 2:20; (ὁ) ζῶν, of God ( אֵל חַי and cognate phrases, Jos 3:10, Ho 2:1 ( 1:10 ), Is 37:4, al.; v. DCG, ii, 39a), Mt 16:16, Jo 6:57, Ro 9:26, I Th 1:9, He 3:12, Re 7:2, al.; in juristic phrase, ζῶ ἐγώ ( חַי־אָנִי, Nu 14:21, al.), as I live, Ro 14:11; ζῆν ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ, Mt 4:4, al.; ἐκ, I Co 9:14; of coming to life, Mk 16:[11], Ro 6:10 14:9, II Co 13:4; opp. to νεκρός, Re 1:18 2:8; metaph., Lk 15:32; ζῆν ἐκ νεκρῶν, Ro 6:13; of the spiritual life of Christians, Lk 10:28, Jo 5:25, Ro 1:17 8:13; εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Jo 6:51, 58; σὺν Χριστῷ, I Th 5:10; ὄνομα ἔχεις ὅτι ζῇς, Re 3:1. As sometimes in cl., = βιόω, to live, pass one's life: Lk 2:36, Ac 26:5, Ro 7:9, Col 2:20; ἐν πίστει, Ga 2:20; ἐν τ. ἁμαρτίᾳ, Ro 6:2; εὐσεβῶς, II Ti 3:12; ἀσώτως, Lk 15:13; c. dat. (cl.), ἑαυτῳ (Field, Notes, 164), Ro 14:7, II Co 5:15; τ. θεῷ, Lk 20:38, Ro 6:10, 11, Ga 5:25; τ. Χριστῷ, II Co 5:15; τ. δικαιοσύνῃ, I Pe 2:24; πνεύματι, Ga 5:25; κατὰ σάρκα, Ro 8:12, 13; Of inanimate things, metaph.: ὕδωρ ζῶν (i.e. springing water, as opp. to still water), in a spiritual sense, Jo 4:10, 11 7:38 ( DCG, ii, 39 f.): ἐλπὶς ζῶσα, I Pe 1:3; ὁδὸς ζῶσα, He 10:20 (cf. ἀνα-, συν-ζάω; Cremer, 270, 721).Scroll for more

to allowI allow, permit, let alone, leave.ἐάω, -ῶ, [in LXX for רפה hi., etc.;] to let, permit: c. acc., c. inf., c. acc. et inf. (M, Pr., 205): Mt 24:43, Lk 4:41 22:51, Ac 14:16 16:7 19:30 23:32 27:32 28:4, I Co 10:13. to let alone, leave: ἀγκύρας, Ac 27:40 (cf. προσ-εάω ).†Scroll for more

← Back to 2 Kings 4:41

← Back to Psalms 104:25

← Back to Daniel 3:25

← Back to Luke 10:19

← Back to Acts 28:4

Acts 28:5

5Howbeit he shook off the creature into the fire and took no harm

Related verses (7)

The ASV does not translate this word.

Howbeit

shook off

the

creature

into

the

fire

and took

harm

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

ὁhoh

μὲνmen

οὖνoon

ἀποτινάξαςah-poh-tee-NAH-ksahs

τὸtoh

θηρίονthay-REE-ohn

εἰςays

τὸtoh

πῦρpoor

ἔπαθενEH-pah-then

οὐδὲνoo-DEN

κακόνkah-KOHN

The Pieces

ὁGreek article

μὲνGreek particle

οὖνGreek conjunction

ἀποτινάξαςGreek verb

τὸGreek article

θηρίονGreek noun, neuter

εἰςGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

πῦρGreek noun, neuter

ἔπαθενGreek verb

οὐδὲνGreek adjective

κακόνGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

on the other handAn untranslatable particle, generally answered by "de", each of the two introducing a clause intended to be contrasted with the other.μέν, conjunctive particle (originally a form of μήν ), usually related to a following δέ or other adversative conjunction, and distinguishing the word or clause with which it stands from that which follows. It is generally untranslatable and is not nearly so frequent in NT as in cl. Like δέ, it never stands first in a clause. Answered by δέ or some other particle: μὲν... δέ, indeed... but, Mt 3:11, Lk 3:16, al.; with pronouns, ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ, one... another, Mt 21:35, al.; pl., Phl 1:16, 17; ὃ μὲν... ὃ δὲ... ὃ δέ, some... some... some, Mt 13:8; τοῦτο μὲν... τοῦτο δέ, partly... partly, He 10:33; μὲν... ἔπειτα, Jo 11:6; μὲν... καί, Lk 8:5. μέν solitarium, answered by no other particle: πρῶτον μέν (Bl., § 78, 5), Ro 1:8 3:2, I Co 11:18; μὲν οὖν in narrative, summing up what precedes or introducing something further (Bl., § 78, 5), so then, rather, nay rather: Lk 11:28 (WH, μενοῦν ), Ac 1:6 9:31, al.; μὲν οὖν γε ( Phl 3:8, WH): v.s. μενοῦνγε.Scroll for more

therefore/thenTherefore, then.οὖν, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mt 3:10, Lk 3:9, Jo 8:38, Ac 1:21, Ro 5:9, al.; in exhortations, Mt 3:8, Lk 11:35, Ac 3:19, Ro 6:12, al.; in questions, Mt 13:28, Mk 15:12, Jo 8:[5], Ro 6:1, al.; continuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mt 1:17, Lk 3:18, Jo 1:22 2:18 (and very freq. in this Gospel), Ac 26:22, al.; ἄρα οὖν (v.s. ἄρα ); ἐπεὶ οὖν, He 2:14; οὖν c. ptcp. (= ἐπεὶ οὖν ), Ac 2:30, Ro 5:1, al.; ἐὰν οὖν (where οὖν rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mt 5:23, Lk 4:7, Jo 6:62, Ro 2:26, al.; ὡς οὖν, Jo 4:1, al.Scroll for more

to shake offI shake off.ἀπο-τινάσσω, [in LXX: Jg 16:20 A ( נער ni.), I Ki 10:2 ( נטשׁ ), La 2:7 ( נאר pi.)*;] to shake of: Lk 9:5, Ac 28:5.†Scroll for more

towardInto, in, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among.εἰς, prep. c. acc., expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, c. acc.). Of place. After verbs of motion; of entrance into: Mt 8:23 9:7, Mk 1:45, Lk 2:15 8:31, al.; of approach, to or towards: Mk 11:1, Lk 6:8 19:28, Jo 11:31 21:6, al.; before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mk 4:7 8:19, 20, Lk 11:49, Jo 21:23, al.; Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mt 8:18, 21:1, Mk 11:1 13:16, Lk 14:10, Jo 6:3 11:32, al.; c. acc. pers. (as in Ep. and Ion.), Ac 23:15, Ro 5:12 16:19, II Co 10:14; elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Ac 9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ., Ro 15:31; metaph., of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. Of direction; after verbs of seeing: Mt 6:26, Mk 6:41, Lk 9:16, 62, Jo 13:22, al.; metaph., of the mind, He 11:26 12:2, al.; after verbs of speaking: Mt 13:10 14:9, I Th 2:9, al. After verbs of rest; in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl.; v. WM, 516; Bl., §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mt 2:23 4:13, II Th 2:4, II Ti 1:11, He 11:9, al.; by an assimilation general in late Gk (v. Bl., M, Pr., ll. c.) = ἐν: Lk 1:44 4:23, Ac 20:16 21:17, Jo 1:18 (but v. Westc, in l.), al. Of time, for, unto; accentuating the duration expressed by the acc.: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mt 21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ., Lk 1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, He 7:3, al. Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mt 6:34, Ac 4:3 25:21, Phl 1:10 2:16, I Th 4:15, II Ti 1:12; of entrance into a future period, εις τὸ μέλλον (v.s. μέλλω ), next (year), Lk 13:9 (but c. ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Ac 13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (v.s. πάλιν, II Co 13:2. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc.: στρέφειν εἰς, Re 11:6; μετας-, Ac 2:20, Ja 4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Ro 1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mt 27:51, al.; predicatively with εἴναι, Ac 8:23. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl., but more freq. in late Gk., εἰς encroaching on the simple dat., which it has wholly displaced in MGr.; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss., BS, 117f.): Lk 7:30, Ro 4:20 15:2, 26, I Co 16:1, Eph 3:16, al.; ἀγάπη εἰς, Ro 5:8, al.; χρηστός, Eph 4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Ro 12:16; θαρρεῖν, II Co 10:1. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Lk 14:34; σόφος, Ro 16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mt 5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, al.; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Ro 1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Ro 8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Ro 3:25; εἰς τό, c. inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl., §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mt 20:19, Ro 1:11, I Co 9:18, al. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (v.s. τέλος, πάλιν, etc.).Scroll for more

fireFire; the heat of the sun, lightning; fig: strife, trials; the eternal fire.πῦρ, gen., πυρός, τό, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for אֵשׁ;] fire: Mk 9:22, Lk 3:9, Jo 15:6, Ac 2:19, I Co 3:13, Ja 3:5, Re 8:5, al; π. καὶ θεῖον, Lk 17:29; κατακαίειν ( ἐν ) π., Mt 13:40, Re 17:16 18:8; καίεσθαι πυρί, He 12:18, Re 8:8 21:8; φλὸξ πυρός, Ac 7:30, II Th 1:8, He 1:7, Re 1:14 2:18 19:12; λαμπάδες πυρός, Re 4:5; στῦλοι πυρός, Re 10:1; ἄνθρακες πυρός, Ro 12:20 (LXX); γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός, Ac 2:3; δοκιμάζειν ( πυροῦσθαι ) διὰ πυρός, I Pe 1:7, Re 3:18; ὡς διὰ. π. (Lft., Notes, 193), I Co 3:15. Of the fire of hell (cf. Dalman, Words,161): Mk 9:48 (LXX); τὸ π. τὸ αἰώνιον, Mt 18:8 25:41 (cf. IV Mac 12:12 ); ἄσβεστον, Mk 9:43; πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχειν, Ju 7; γέεννα τοῦ π., Mt 5:22 18:9; κάμινος τοῦ π., Mt 13:42, 50; ἡ λίμνη τοῦ π., Re 19:20 20:10, 14, 15; πυρὶ τηρεῖσθαι, II Pe 3:7; βασανισθῆναι ἐν π., Re 14:10. Metaph.: βαπτίζειν πυρί, Mt 3:11, Lk 3:16; of the tongue, Ja 3:5; of strife and discord, Lk 12:49; ἐκ π. ἁρπάζειν, Ju 23; πυρὶ ἁλίζεσθαι, Mk 9:49; ζῆλος πυρός, He 10:27; of God, π. καταναλίσκον, He 12:29 (LXX).Scroll for more

to sufferI am acted upon in a certain way, either good or bad; I experience ill treatment, suffer.πάσχω, [in LXX: Am 6:6 ( חלה ni.), Wi 12:27, Si 38:16, al.;] to suffer, be acted on, as opp. to acting, often limited by a word expressive of good or evil; of misfortunes (most freq. without any limiting word): absol., Lk 22:15 24:46, Ac 1:3 3:18 17:3, I Co 12:26, He 2:18 9:26 13:12, I Pe 2:19, 20, 23 3:17 4:15, 19; seq. ὑπό, c. gen., Mt 17:12; ὑπέρ, Ac 9:16, Phl 1:20, II Th 1:5, I Pe 2:21; c. dat. ref., I Pe 4:1; περί, c. gen. (seq. ὑπέρ ), I Pe 3:18; διά, c. acc., I Pe 3:14; ὀλίγον ( a little while ), I Pe 5:10; c. acc., Mt 27:19, Mk 9:12, Lk 13:2 24:26, Ac 28:5, II Ti 1:12, He 5:8, Re 2:10; παθήματα, II Co 1:6; ταῦτα, Ga 3:4 (EV; cf. Lft., in l., but v. infr.); acc. seq. ἀπό, Mt 16:21, Lk 9:22 17:25; ὑπό, Mk 5:26, I Th 2:14; of pleasant experiences (but always with qualifying word, εὖ or acc. rei): Ga 3:4 (cf. Grimm-Thayer, s.v.; Interp. Com., in l., but v. supr.) (cf. προ-, συν-πάσχω ).†Scroll for more

noneNo one, none, nothing.οὐδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (also in WH, txt., the Hellenistic forms -θείς, -θέν, Lk 22:35 23:14, Ac 15:9 19:27 26:26, I Co 13:2, II Co 11:8; cf. Bl., § 6, 7; M, Pr., 56 n, Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to μηδείς as οὐ to μή, no, no one, none: with nouns, Lk 4:24, Jo 10:41, Ro 8:1, al.; absol., Mt 6:24, Mk 3:27, Lk 1:61, Jo 1:18, Ac 18:10, Ro 14:7, al. mult.; c. gen. partit., Lk 4:26, Jo 13:28, al.; neut., οὐδέν, Mt 10:26, al.; id. c. gen. partit., Lk 9:36, Ac 18:17, al.; οὐδὲν εἰ μή, Mt 5:13, Mk 9:29, al.; c. neg., strengthening the negation, Mk 15:4, 5, Lk 4:2, Jo 3:27, al.; adverbially, Ac 25:10, Ga 4:12, al.Scroll for more

evil/harm: evilBad, evil, in the widest sense.κακός, -ή, -όν, [in LXX chiefly for רַע, רָעָח probably supposed to be רָעָה n="H7462";] in general, opp. to ἀγαθός, καλός, in various senses, bad, mean, base, worthless (cl.). In ethical sense, base, evil, wicked: of persons, Mt 21:41 24:48, Phl 3:2, Re 2:2; διαλογισμοί, Mk 7:21; ὁμιλίαι, I Co 15:33; ἐπιθυμία ( Pr 12:12 ), Col 3:5; ἔργον, Ro 13:3; neut., κακόν, τὸ κ., evil: Jo 18:23, Ac 23:9, Ro 7:21 14:20 16:19, I Co 13:5, He 5:14, I Pe 3:10, 11, III Jn 11; pl., Ro 1:30, I Co 10:6, I Ti 6:10, Ja 1:13; κ. ( τὸ, τὰ κ. ) ποιεῖν ( πράσσειν ), Mt 27:23, Mk 15:14, Lk 23:22, Jo 18:30, Ro 3:8 7:19 13:4, II Co 13:7, I Pe 3:12; κατεργάζεσθαι, Ro 2:9; of wrongs inflicted, Ac 9:13, Ro 12:17, 21 13:10, I Th 5:15, II Ti 4:14, I Pe 3:9. pernicious, harmful, evil: Lk 16:25, Ac 16:28 28:5, Tit 1:12, Ja 3:8, Re 16:2 (Cremer, 325, 741).† SYN.: v.s. ἄθεσμος.Scroll for more

← Back to Daniel 2:46

← Back to Acts 14:11

Acts 28:6

6But they expected that he would have swollen or fallen down dead suddenly but when they were long in expectation and beheld nothing amiss come to him they changed their minds and said that he was a god

Related verses (4)

Acts 12:22 | Acts 14:11-13 | Matthew 21:9 | Matthew 27:22

they

But

expected

that … would have

swollen

fallen down

suddenly

dead

long

but

they

when … were … in expectation

and

beheld

nothing

amiss

him

come

they changed their minds

and said

that … was

a god

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

οἱhoy

δὲdeh

προσεδόκωνproh-seh-DOH-kohn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

μέλλεινMEH-layn

πίμπρασθαιPEEM-prah-sthai

ἢay

καταπίπτεινkah-tah-PEE-ptayn

ἄφνωAHF-noh

νεκρόνneh-KROHN

ἐπὶeh-PEE

πολὺpoh-LOO

δὲdeh

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

προσδοκώντωνprohs-doh-KOHN-tohn

καὶkai

θεωρούντωνtheh-oh-ROON-tohn

μηδὲνmay-DEN

ἄτοπονAH-toh-pohn

εἰςays

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

γινόμενονgee-NOH-meh-nohn

μεταβαλόμενοιmeh-tah-bah-LOH-meh-noy

ἔλεγονEH-leh-gohn

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

εἶναιAY-nai

θεόνtheh-OHN

The Pieces

οἱGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

προσεδόκωνGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

μέλλεινGreek verb

πίμπρασθαιGreek verb

ἢGreek conjunction

καταπίπτεινGreek verb

ἄφνωGreek adverb

νεκρόνGreek adjective

ἐπὶGreek preposition

πολὺGreek adjective or Greek adverb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

προσδοκώντωνGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

θεωρούντωνGreek verb

μηδὲνGreek adjective

ἄτοπονGreek adjective

εἰςGreek preposition

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

γινόμενονGreek verb

μεταβαλόμενοιGreek verb

ἔλεγονGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

εἶναιGreek verb

θεόν

What It Can Mean

to look forI expect, wait for, await, think, anticipate.προσ-δοκάω, -ῶ (the simple verb exists only in the forms δοκέω, -εύω ), [in LXX: Ps 103 (104):27 ( שׂבר pi.), etc.;] to await, expect: Mt 24:50, Lk 3:15 12:46, Ac 27:33 28:6; c. acc. pers., Mt 11:3, Lk 1:21 7:19, 20 8:40, Ac 10:24; c. acc. rei, II Pe 3:12-14; c. acc. et inf., Ac 28:6; c. inf., Ac 3:5.†Scroll for more

to ensueI intend, am about to; I delay, linger.μέλλω, [in LXX: Jb 3:8 ( עָתִיד ) 19:25 ( אַחֲרוֹן ); elsewhere for fut., and freq. in Wi, II, IV Mac;] to be about to be or do; c. inf. (Bl., § 62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114); of intending or being about to do of one's own free will: c. inf. praes., Mt 2:13, Lk 10:1, Ac 3:3 5:35, He 8:5, II Pe 1:12 (Field, Notes, 240), al.; c. inf. aor. (Bl., § 58, 3), Ac 12:6, Re 3:16; of compulsion, necessity or certainty: c. inf. praes., Mt 16:27, Lk 9:31, Jo 6:71, Ro 4:24, al.; c. inf. aor., Ro 8:18, Ga 3:23, Re 3:2 12:4. Ptcp., ὁ μέλλων: absol., Ro 8:38, I Co 3:22; τὰ μ., Col 2:17; εἰς τὸ μ. (Field, Notes, 65); c. subst., Mt 3:7 12:32 ( ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μ.; LXX for עַד ), Ac 24:25, I Ti 4:8, He 2:5, al.Scroll for more

to swell upI swell, am inflamed.πίμπρημι (in cl. prose, rare in the simple form), [in LXX: Nu 5:21, 22, 27 ( צָבֶה )*;] to blow, burn. Later, to cause to swell; mid., of parts of the body, to become swollen (LXX): Ac 28:6 (cf. ἐμπίπρημι ).†Scroll for more

orOr, than.ἤ, disjunctive and comparative particle (Bl., §36, 12; 77, 11); disjunctive, or; between single words: Mt 5:17, Mk 6:56, Lk 2:24, Jo 6:19, Ro 1:21, al.; before a sentence expressing a variation, denial or refutation of a previous statement, freq. in interrog. form: Mt 7:4, 9, Mk 12:14, Lk 13:4, Ro 3:29 6:3 9:21, I Co 6:9, 16 9:6, II Co 11:7; ἢ... ἤ, either... or, Mt 6:24, Lk 16:13, I Co 14:6; in a disjunctive question (as Lat. an after utrum ): Mt 9:5, Mk 2:9, Lk 7:19, al.; after πότερον, Jo 7:17; μή, I Co 9:8; μήτι, II Co 1:17; ἢ... ἢ... ἤ, Mk 13:35. Comparative, than: after comparatives, Mt 10:15, Lk 9:13, Jo 3:19, Ro 13:11, al.; after ἕτερον, Ac 17:21; θέλω (Khüner 3, ɪᴠ, 303), I Co 14:19; πρὶν ἤ, before, seq. acc. et inf., Mt 1:18, Mk 14:30; after a positive adj. ( Ge 49:12; cf. Robertson, Gr., 661), Mt 18:8, 9, Mk 9:43, 45, 47. With other particles: ἀλλ’ ἤ, v.s. ἀλλά; ἢ γάρ, v.s. γάρ; ἢ καί, or even, or also, Mt 7:10, Lk 11:11, 12, Ro 2:15 4:9, al.; ἤτοι... ἤ, Ro 6:16 (cf. Wi 11:19 ).Scroll for more

to fall downI fall down, fall prostrate.κατα-πίπτω, [in LXX: Ps 144 (145):14 ( נפל ), etc.;] to fall down: Ac 28:6; seq. εἰς, Ac 26:14; ἐπί c. acc., Lk 8:6.†Scroll for more

suddenlySuddenly.ἄφνω, adv., [in LXX for פִּתְאֹם;] suddenly: Ac 2:2 16:26 28:6.†Scroll for more

dead(a) adj: dead, lifeless, subject to death, mortal, (b) noun: a dead body, a corpse.νεκρός, -ά, -όν, [in LXX chiefly for מֵת possible misspelling of מָוֶת;] dead, as adj., prop.: Ac 5:10 20:9, Ja 2:26, Re 1:18, al.; ὡσεὶ ν., Mt 28:4, Mk 9:26, Re 1:17; of that which is subject to death, Ro 8:10. Metaph., of persons: Lk 15:24, 32; of those immersed in worldly cares, Mt 8:22, Lk 9:60; of spiritual death, Jo 5:25, Ro 6:13, Eph 5:14, Re 3:1; τ. παραπτώμασιν, Eph 2:1, 5, Col 2:13; of the opposite condition, ν. τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, Ro 6:11; of things regarded as inoperative, devoid of power: ἁμαρτία, Ro 7:8; πίστις, Ja 2:17, 26; ἔργα, He 6:1 9:14. As subst., νεκρός, ὁ (Hom., al.), chiefly in pl. ( οἱ ) ν., the dead: Mt 11:5, Mk 12:26, Lk 20:37, I Co 15:15, al.; ἀνάστασις ( τ. ) νεκρῶν, Mt 22:31, Ac 17:32, al.; ν.... ζῶντες, Mt 22:32, Mk 12:27, Ac 10:42, al.; ἀπὸ νεκρῶν, Lk 16:30; ἐκ ν., Mk 6:14, Lk 24:46, Jo 12:1, Ac 13:34, Ro 10:7, al.; πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν ν., Col 1:18; ζωὴ ἐκ ν., Ro 11:15; constr. praegn., ἐκ ν. ζῶντες, Ro 6:13.Scroll for more

muchMuch, many; often.πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, [in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms;] as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc.: ἀριθμός, Ac 11:21; ὄχλος, Mk 5:24; θερισμός, Mt 9:37; χόρτος, Jo 6:10; χρόνος, Mt 25:19; γογγυσμός, Jo 7:12; πόνος, Col 4:13; δόξα, Mt 24:30; σιγή, Ac 21:40; pl., προφῆται, Mt 13:17; ὄχλοι, Mt 4:25; δαιμόνια, Mk 1:34; δυνάμεις, Mt 7:22, As subst., pl. masc., πολλοί, many (persons): Mt 7:22, Mk 2:2, al.; c. gen. partit., Mt 3:7, Lk 1:16, al.; seq. ἐκ, Jo 7:31, Ac 17:12; c. art., οἱ π., the many, Mt 24:12, Ro 12:5, I Co 10:17, 33, II Co 2:17; opp. to ὁ εἶς (Lft., Notes, 291), Ro 5:15, 19; neut. pl., πολλά: Mt 13:3, Mk 5:26, al.; acc. with adverbial force, Mk 1:45, Ro 16:6 (Deiss., LAE, 317), I Co 16:12, Ja 3:2, al.; neut. sing., πολύ: Lk 12:48; adverbially, Mk 12:27, al.; πολλοῦ (gen. pret.), Mt 26:9; c. compar. (Bl., § 44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, II Co 8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jo 4:41. Compar., πλείων, neut., πλεῖον and πλέον (v. WH, App., 151), pl., πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr., πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater; as adj.: Jo 15:2, Ac 18:20, He 3:3; seq. παρά, He 11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ ?); pi., Ac 13:31, al.; c. gen. compar., Mt 21:36; c. num. ( ἤ of comp. omitted), Ac 4:22 24:11, al. As subst., οἱ π., the greater number: Ac 19:32 27:12, I Co 10:5 15:6; also (Bl., § 44, 3) others, more, the more: II Co 2:6 4:15, Phl 1:14; πλείονα, Lk 11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mt 20:10, II Ti 3:9; c. gen. comp., Mk 12:43, Lk 21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mt 12:41; adverbially, Ac 4:17 20:9 24:4. As adv., πλεῖον: seq. ἤ, Lk 9:13; c. gen. comp., Mt 5:20; πλείω: c. num., Mt 26:53. Superl., πλεῖστος, -η, -ον, prop., most: Mt 11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π., I Co 14:27; elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π., Mk 4:1.Scroll for more

to see/experienceI look at, gaze, behold; I see, experience, discern; I partake of.θεωρέω, -ῶ (< θεωρός, a spectator, < θεάομαι ), [in LXX chiefly for ראה, חזה;] (pres. and impf. only, exc. Jo 7:3 (fut.), Mt 28:1, Lk 23:48, Jo 8:51, Re 11:12 (aor.); Bl., §24); (cl.), to look at, gaze, behold: absol., Mt 27:55, Mk 15:40, Lk 23:35; seq. πῶς, Mk 12:41; ποῦ, Mk 15:47; c. acc. pers., Jo 6:40, 62 12:45 16:10-19, Ac 3:16 20:38 25:24, Re 11:11, 12; id. c. ptcp., Mk 5:15, Lk 10:18, Jo 6:19 10:12 20:12, 14, I Jn 3:17; c. acc. rei, Mt 28:1, Lk 14:29 21:6 23:48, Jo 2:23 6:2 7:3, Ac 4:13 8:13; id. c. ptcp., Jo 20:6, Ac 7:56 10:11; seq. ὅτι, Ac 19:26. In popular lang. (Kennedy, Sources, 155; Bl., §24, s.v. ὁρᾶν ), in pres. and impf. = ὁράω, to see, perceive, discern: seq. ὅτι, Mk 16:4, Jo 4:19 12:19, Ac 19:26 27:10; πόσαι, Ac 21:20; πηλίκος, He 7:4; c. acc. rei, Mk 5:38; id. c. ptcp., Ac 17:16 28:6; c. acc. pers., Mk 3:11, Jo 14:19, Ac 9:7 17:22; πνεῦμα, Lk 24:37; τὸ π., Jo 14:17; seq. ὅτι, Jo 9:8; c. ptcp., Lk 24:39. Hebraistically, to experience, partake of: τ. θάνατον, Jo 8:51 (cf. Ps 88(89):49 ); τ. δόξαν, Jo 17:24 (cf. ἀνα-, παρα-θερρέω ).†Scroll for more

nothingNo one, none, nothing.μηδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (and -θέν, Ac 27:33, a Hellenistic form; v. Bl., § 6, 7; Thackeray, Gr., 58), related to οὐδείς as μή to οὐ, no, none, no one; neut., nothing: Mt 16:20, Mk 5:43 6:8, Lk 3:14, Ac 8:24, Ro 13:8, al.; c. gen., Ac 4:17 24:23; neut. acc., μηδέν, adverbially, in no respect, Ac 10:20 11:12; as acc. obj. after verb, βλάπτειν, Lk 4:35; ὠφελεῖσθαι, Mk 5:26; ὑστερεῖν, II Co 11:5; μεριμνᾶν, Phl 4:6; in double negation, strengthening the denial, μηκέτι μ., Mk 11:14, Ac 4:17; μὴ... μηδέν ( μηδένα, μηδεμίαν ), II Co 13:7, II Th 2:3, I Pe 3:6.Scroll for more

wrong(lit: out of place, unusual, unbecoming), improper, unrighteous, perverse.ἄ-τοπος, -ον (< τόπος ), [in LXX: Jb 4:8 11:11, Pr 30:20 ( 24:55 ), al., for אָוֶן, etc.;] out of place, not befitting. marvellous, strange (of symptoms, Hipp.): Ac 28:6; hence, in late Greek, with ethical sense, improper, unrighteous (so in LXX, and for exx. from π., v. M, II Th., 3:2; MM, s.v.): Lk 23:41, Ac 25:5, II Th 3:2.†Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

to change mindI change; mid: I change my mind.μετα-βάλλω, [in LXX chiefly for הפךְ;] to turn about, change. Pass. and mid., to turn oneself about; metaph., to change one's mind: Ac 28:6.†Scroll for more

to existεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

God(a) God, (b) a god, generally.θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ ( Ac 19:37 only; v. M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc., θεέ ( Mt 27:46; cf. De 3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc.;] a god or deity, God. In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Ac 28:6, I Co 8:4, II Th 2:4, al.; pl., Ac. 14:11 19:26, Ga 4:8, al. Of the one true God; anarthrous: Mt 6:24, Lk 20:38, al.; esp. c. prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ., Jo 3:2; ἐκ, Ac 5:39, II Co 5:1, Phl 3:9; ὑπό, Ro 13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jo 1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, II Th 1:6, I Pe 2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Ro 8:27, II Co 7:9, 10; also when in gen. dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl., §46, 6), Mt 27:43, Lk 3:2, Ro 1:17, I Th 2:13; as pred., Lk 20:38, Jo 1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Ac 5:29, Ga 2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); more freq., c. art.: Mt 1:23, Mk 2:7, al. mult.; c. prep., ἀπὸ τ. θ., Lk 1:26; ἐκ, Jo 8:42, al.; παρὰ τοῦ θ., Jo 8:40; π. τῷ θ., Ro 9:14; ἐν, Col 3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ., Lk 1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ., Ac 15:19; εἰς τ. θ., Ac 24:15; πρὸς τ. θ., Jo 1:2; c. gen. pers., Mt 22:32, Mk 12:26, 27, Lk 20:37, Jo 20:17, al.; ὁ θ. μου, Ro 1:8, Phi 1:3, al.; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ., Ro 15:6, Eph 1:3, Phi 4:20, al.; c. gen. rei, Ro 15:5, 13, 33, II Co 1:3, I Th 5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mt 16:23, Mk 12:17, I Co 2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ., Ro 15:17, He 2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos 3:3 ), Ac 7:20, II Co 10:4; Hebraistically, of judges ( Ps 81(82):6 ), Jo 10:34 (LXX), 35.Scroll for more

← Back to Luke 10:9

← Back to Acts 13:12

← Back to 1 Peter 3:8

Acts 28:7

7Now in the neighborhood of that place were lands belonging to the chief man of the island named Publius who received us and entertained us three days courteously

Related verses (6)

Now

the neighborhood

The ASV does not translate this word.

place

that

were

lands

belonging to the … man

chief

of the

island

named

Publius

who

received

three

days

courteously

and entertained us

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Ἐνen

δὲdeh

τοῖςtoys

περὶpeh-REE

τὸνtohn

τόπονTOH-pohn

ἐκεῖνονeh-KAY-nohn

ὑπῆρχενhoo-PAYR-chen

χωρίαchoh-REE-ah

τῷtoh

πρώτῳPROH-toh

τῆςtays

νήσουNAY-soo

ὀνόματιoh-NOH-mah-tee

Ποπλίῳpoh-PLEE-oh

ὃςhohs

ἀναδεξάμενοςah-nah-deh-KSAH-meh-nohs

ἡμᾶςhay-MAHS

τρεῖςtrays

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

φιλοφρόνωςfee-loh-FROH-nohs

ἐξένισενeh-KSEH-nee-sen

The Pieces

ἘνGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

περὶGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

τόπονGreek noun, masculine

ἐκεῖνονGreek demonstrative pronoun

ὑπῆρχενGreek verb

χωρία

τῷGreek article

πρώτῳGreek adjective

τῆςGreek article

νήσουGreek noun, feminine

ὀνόματιGreek noun, neuter

Ποπλίῳname of a person

ὃςGreek relative pronoun

ἀναδεξάμενοςGreek verb

ἡμᾶςGreek pronoun

τρεῖςGreek adjective

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

φιλοφρόνωςGreek adverb

ἐξένισενGreek verb

What It Can Mean

in/on/amongIn, on, among.ἐν, prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.). Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν., Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Lk 2:49; trop., of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mt 5:28, II Co 4:6, al.; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, II Co 5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς ( constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl.; cf. Bl., §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω... ἐν, Mt 10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom., Il., i, 441, al.), Jo 3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Lk 9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Lk 7:17. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc.: ἐν ζωῇ, Ro 5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, I Jo 3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, I Pe 1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mk 5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Phl 4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Ja 3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, I Co 2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mk 4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jo 15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Ro 12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dat. in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, He 9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Lk 14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Ac 7:14 ); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mk 12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Ja 2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Lk 22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, I Co 4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen., Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως ), Lk 18:8 (cf. Bl., §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Ro 8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mk 1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f.; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Ro 3:24, 6:11, I Co 3:1, 4:10, II Co 12:2, Ga 2:17, Eph 6:21, Col 4:7, I Th 4:16, al. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—v. LS, s.v. Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dat.), I Co 6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mt 9:34; ἐν αἵματι, He 9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mt 3:11, al.; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ., ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr., II, which some would classify here), Re 13:10 (cf. 6:8 ). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας... ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, s.v. בְּ, III, 3), Re 5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.c.; M, Pr., 104), Mt 10:32, Lk 12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. acc., so Ja 5:12 ), Mt 5:34, al.; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mk 4:8 (WH; vv. ll., εἰς, ἒν ), Ac 7:14 (LXX). Of time, in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jo 11:9, al.; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mt 12:2, al.; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jo 4:31; at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, I Co 15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mt 22:28; c. art. inf., pres. (so sometimes in cl., but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mt 13:4, Mk 6:48, Ga 4:18, al.; aor., when, after: Lk 9:36, al.; within (cl.): Mt 27:40, In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (seq. ἐν ) or motion into (seq. εἰς ), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc.Scroll for more

about(a) gen: about, concerning, (b) acc: around.περί, prep. c. gen., acc. (in cl. also c. dat.; cf. M, Pr., 105f.), with radical sense round about (as distinct from ἀμφί, on both sides ). C. gen., of place, about (poët.). Causal, about, on account of, concerning, in reference to: Mt 2:8, Mk 1:44, Lk 4:38, Jo 16:26, Ac 28:21, al. mult.; τὰ περί, c. gen., the things concerning one, one's state or case: Mk 5:27, Ac 1:3 28:15, Eph 6:22, al.; at the beginning of a sentence, περί, regarding, as to, I Co 7:1, al.; in the sense on account of ( Mt 26:28, I Co 1:13, al.), often with ὑπέρ as variant (cf. M, Pr., 105). C. acc., of place, about, around: Mt 3:4, Mk 1:6, Lk 13:8, Ac 22:6, al.; οἱ περί, c. acc. pers., of one's associates, friends, etc., Mk 4:10, Lk 22:49, Jo 11:19, Ac 13:13; οἱ περὶ τ. τοιαῦτα ἐργάται, Ac 19:25; metaph., about, as to, concerning: I Ti 1:19 6:4, II Ti 2:18 3:8, Tit 2:7; τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, Phl 2:23; αἱ περὶ τ. λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι, Mk 4:19. Of time, in a loose reckoning, about, near: Mt 20:3, 5, 6, 9 27:46, Mk 6:48, Ac 10:3, 9 22:6. In composition: round about ( περιβάλλω, περίκειμαι ), beyond, over and above ( περιποιέω, περιλείπω ), to excess ( περιεργάζομαι, περισσεύω ).Scroll for more

placeA place, region, seat; an opportunity.τόπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מָקֹום;] place: Lk 4:37 10:1, 32, Jo 5:13 6:10, Ac 12:17, I Co 1:2, al.; τ. ἅγιος (cf. Is 60:13 ), Mt 24:15; ἔρημος, Mt 14:13, al.; πεδινός, Lk 6:17; ἄνυδρος (pl.), Mt 12:43, Lk 11:24; κατὰ τόπους (EV, in divers places ), Mt 24:7, Mk 13:8; τραχεῖς τ., Ac 27:29; τ. διθάλασσος (q.v.), ib. 41; ἑτοιμάζειν τ., Jo 14:2, 3; ἔχειν, Re 12:6; διδόναι, Lk 14:9; c. gen. defin., τ. βασάνου, Lk 16:28; τ. καταπαύσεως, Ac 7:49; κρανίου, Mt 27:33, Mk 15:22, Jo 19:17; seq. οὗ, Ro 9:26; ὅπου, Mt 28:6, Mk 16:6, Jo 4:20 6:23 10:40 11:30 19:41; ἐν ᾧ, Jo 11:6; ἐφ’ ᾧ, Ac 7:33; of a place which a person or thing occupies, Re 2:5 6:14 12:8; τ. μαχαίρας, Mt 26:52; ὁ ἴδιος τ., Ac 1:25; of a place in a book, Lk 4:17 (cf. Clem. Rom., I Co., 8, 4). Metaph., of condition, station, occasion, opportunity or power: Ac 25:16, Ro 12:19 15:23, Eph 4:27 (cf. Si 38:12 ). SYN.: χώρα (extensive), region; χωρίον (enclosed), a piece of ground. τ. is "a portion of space viewed in reference to its occupancy, or as appropriated to a thing " (Grimm-Thayer, s.v.).Scroll for more

thatThat, that one there, yonder.ἐκεῖνος, -η, -ο (< ἐκεῖ ), [in LXX chiefly for הַהוּא,הוּא, and cogn. forms;] demonstr. pron., that person or thing ( ille ), implying remoteness as compared with οὗτος ( hic ); absol., emphatic he, she, it: opp. to οὗτος, Lk 18:14, Ja 4:15; ἡμεῖς, He 12:25; ὑμεῖς, Mt 13:11, Mk 4:11; ἄλλοι, Jo 9:9; ἐγώ, Jo 3:30; to persons named, Mk 16:[ 10, 13, 20 ], Jo 2:21; of one (absent) who is not named, contemptuously (Abbott, JG, §§2385, 2732), Jo 7:11 9:28; with respect, of Christ, I Jo 2:6 3:3, al.; referring to a preceding noun, Mk 16:[10], Jo 7:45; resumption of a participial subject, Jo 1:33 9:37 10:1, Ro 14:14, al. (on its reference in Jo 19:35, v. Westc, in l.; Moffatt, Intr., 568; Sanday, Fourth Gospel, 77ff.). As adj., joined, like οὗτος, to a noun with the article: Mt 7:25, Mk 3:24, Jo 18:15, al.; esp. of time, past or future: ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐ., Mt 3:1, Mk 1:9, Ac 2:18 (LXX), al.; ἐν ἐ. τ. ἡμέρᾳ, esp of the Parousia, Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, II Th 1:10, II Ti 1:12; adverbially, ἐκεινής (sc. ὁδοῦ ) = cl. ἐκεινῇ (Bl., §36, 13), that way, Lk 19:4.Scroll for more

be alreadyI begin, am, exist, am in possession.ὑπάρχω [in LXX for הָיָה, יֵשׁ, לוּן, etc.; τ. ὑπάρχοντα for מִקְנֶה, רְכוּשׁ, etc.;] to begin, make a beginning (Hom., Hdt., al.). to be in existence, be ready, be at hand (Hdt., Thuc., al.): Ac 19:40 27:12, 21; seq. ἐν, Ac 28:18. to be, prop, expressing continuance of an antecedent state or condition (cf. Gifford, Incarnation, 11 ff.; MM, xxv): c. nom. pred., Lk 8:41 9:48, Ac 4:34 7:55 8:16 16:3 19:36 21:20, I Co 7:26 12:22, Ja 2:15, II Pe 3:11; ptcp. c. pred., Lk 16:14 23:50, Ac 2:30 3:2 17:24 22:3, Ro 4:19, I Co 11:7, II Co 8:17 12:16, Ga 1:14 2:14; pl., Lk 11:13, Ac 16:20, 37 17:29, II Pe 2:19; seq. ἐν, c. dat. rei, Lk 7:25 16:23, Ac 5:4 10:12, I Co 11:18, Phl 3:20; ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων (R, mg., being originally ), Phl 2:6; ἐν, c. dat. pers., ( among ), I Co 11:18; μακρὰν ἀπό, Ac 17:27; πρὸς τ. σωτηρίας, Ac 27:34. to belong to (Thuc., Xen., al.): c. dat. pers., Ac 3:6 4:37 28:7, II Pe 1:8; τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, one's belongings, possessions: c. dat. pers., Lk 8:3 12:15, Ac 4:32; c. gen. pers., Mt 19:21 24:47 25:14, Lk 11:21 12:33, 44 14:33 16:1 19:8, I Co 13:3, He 10:34 (cf. προ-υπάρχω ).†Scroll for more

See the dictionary entry below.A place, piece of land, field, property, estate.χωρίον, -ου, τό (dimin. of χώρα, χῶρος ), [in LXX: I Ch 27:27 ( כֶּרֶם ), II Mac 11:5 12:7, 21, IV Mac 15:20 *;] a place, region. an estate, property, piece of land: Mt 26:36, Mk 14:32, Jo 4:5, Ac 1:18, 19 4:34 5:3, 8 28:7.†Scroll for more

firstFirst, before, principal, most important.B. Superl., πρῶτος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for רִאשׁוֹן, also for אֶחַד, etc.;] first, of Time or Place; absol., as subst., ὁ π.., Lk 14:18, Jo 19:32, I Co 14:30; ὁ π. καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, Re 1:17 2:8 22:13; neut., τὸ π., opp. to τ. δεύτερον, He 10:9; τὰ π., opp. to τ. ἔσχατα, Mt 12:45, Lk 11:26, II Pe 2:20; anarth., Mt 10:2; pl., Mt 19:30, Mk 10:31, Lk 13:30; ἐν πρώτοις (EV, first of all ), I Co 15:3; as adj.: πρώτῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ ) σαββάτου, Mk 16:[9]; φυλακή, opp. to δευτέρα, Ac 12:10; equiv. to adv. in English, Jo 8:[7] 20:4, 8, Ac 27:43, Ro 10:19, I Ti 1:16, I Jo 4:19; = πρότερος (v. infr.; cf. M, Pr., 79; Bl., § 11, 5; Thackeray, Gr., 183 f.): c. gen., π. μου ἦν ( my chief: Abbott, Jg., 509 ff.; but cf. M, Pr., 245), Jo 1:15, 30; c. art., Mk 14:12, Ac 1:1, al.; seq. ὁ δεύτερος, etc., Mt 22:25, Mk 12:20, al. Of Rank or Dignity, chief, principal: Mt 20:27 22:38, Mk 9:35, Eph 6:2, al.; c. gen., Mk 12:28, 29 al.; πόλις (Field, Notes, 124), Ac 16:12; c. art., Lk 15:22 19:47, Ac 13:50, al. Neut., πρῶτον, as adv., first, at the first; of Time: Mt 8:21, Mk 4:28, al.; τὸ π., Jo 10:40, al.; of Order: Ro 3:2, I Co 11:18, al.Scroll for more

islandAn island.νῆσος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX for אִי;] an island: Ac 13:6 27:26 28:1, 7, 9, 11, Re 1:9 6:14 16:20.†Scroll for more

nameName, character, fame, reputation.ὄνομα, -τος, τό, [in LXX chiefly for שֵׁם;] in general, the name by which a person or thing is called: Mt 10:2, Mk 3:16, Lk 1:63, Jo 18:10, al.; ἄνθρωπος (etc.), ᾧ ( οὗ ) ὄ. ( τ. ὄ ), sc. ἦν or ἐστίν (Bl., § 30, 3), Mk 14:32, Lk 1:26, 27; with same ellipsis, καὶ τ. ὄ. αὐτοῦ ( ὄ. αὐτῷ ), Lk 1:5, Jo 1:6, al.; ὀνόματι, seq. nom. prop., Mt 27:32, Mk 5:22, Lk 1:5, Ac 5:1, al.; acc. absol. (Bl., § 34, 7), τοὔνομα (= τ. ὄνομα ), Mt 27:57; ὄ. μοι (sc. ἐστίν; cf. Hom., Od., ix, 366), Mk 5:9 (cf. Lk 8:30 ); ἔξειν ὄ., Re 9:11; καλεῖν ( ἐπιτιθέναι ) ὄ. (Bl., § 33, 1), Mt 1:21, Mk 3:16; τ. ὄ. ἐν ( τ. ) βίβλῳ ζωῆς (cf. Deiss., LAE, 121), Phl 4:3, Re 13:8, cf. Lk 10:20 ( ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς ); ὄ. βλασφημίας, Re 13:1; the name as opp. to the reality, Re 3:1 (cf. Hdt., vii, 138); as a title: Eph 1:21, Phl 2:9, 10 (Lft., in l.). By a usage similar to that with ref. to Heb. שֵׁם (Lft., Notes, 106 f.), but also common in Hellenistic (M, Pr., 100; Bl., § 39, 4; Deiss, BS, 146 f., 196 f.; LAE, 123 4, of all that the name implies, of rank, authority, character, etc.: of acting on one's authority or in his behalf, ἐν ( εἰς ) ὄ., c. gen. pers. (v. reff. supr.), Mt 10:41 21:9 28:19, Mk 11:9, Lk 13:35, Jo 5:43, Ac 8:16, I Co 1:13; of the name Christian, I Pe 4:16; esp. of the name of God as expressing the divine attributes: ἁγιάζειν ( ἅγιον ) τὸ ὄ. ( τ. Πατρός, Κυρίου ), Mt 6:9, Lk 1:49 11:2; ψάλλειν ( ὁμολογεῖν ) τῷ ὀ., Ro 15:9, He 13:15; δοξάζειν ( φανεροῦν, φοβεῖσθαι ) τὸ ὄ., Jo 12:28 17:6, 26, Re 11:18 15:4; βλασφημεῖν, Ro 2:24, I Ti 6:1, Re 13:6; similarly, of the name of Christ: τ. καλὸν ὄ. (Deiss., LAE, 276); πιστεύειν τῷ ὀ., I Jo 3:23; π. εἰς τ. ὄ. (Bl., § 39, 4), Jo 1:12 2:23 3:18; ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄ., II Ti 2:19; κρατεῖν, Re 2:13; οὐκ ἀρνεῖσθαι, Re 3:8; ἐν τ. ὀ. (v. reff. supr.), Mk 9:38 16:[17], Lk 10:17, Jo 14:13 16:23, 24 20:31, Ac 3:6 4:12, Eph 5:20, I Pe 4:14, al.; εἰς τ. ὄ. συνάγεσθαι, Mt 18:20; ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀ., Mt 19:29; διὰ τὸ ὄ., Mt 10:22, Mk 13:13, al.; διὰ τοῦ ὀ., I Co 1:10; ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀ., Ac 9:16, Ro 1:5, al.; id. absol., Ac 5:41, III Jo 7; πρὸς τὸ ὄ., Ac 26:9. cause, ground, reason (in cl., usually in bad sense, pretext ): Mk 9:41 (Swete, in l.; Dalman, Words, 305 f.). In late Greek (Deiss., BS., 196 f.), an individual, a person: Ac 1:15, Re 3:4 11:13.Scroll for more

PubliusPublius, a governor of Malta.Πόπλιος, -ου, ὁ (Latin), Publius: Ac 28:7, 8.†Scroll for more

to receiveI welcome, receive kindly; I undertake, assume the responsibility of.** ἀνα-δέχομαι [in LXX: II Mac 6:19 Mac 8:36 *;] to assume, undertake (in π. freq. as legal term: MM, VGT, s.v.): ἐπαγγελίας, He 11:17. = cl. ὑποδέχομαι, to receive: of guests, Ac 28:7.†Scroll for more

ThreeThree.τρεῖς, οἱ, αἱ, τρία, τά three: Mt 12:40, al.; μετὰ τ. ἡμέρας = τῇ τρίτῃ ἡ., Mk 10:34, al. (cf. Field, Notes, 11 ff.)Scroll for more

dayA day, the period from sunrise to sunset.ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; as distinct from night: gen. ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Re 21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ἡ.), Ac 9:24, I Th 2:9, II Th 3:8, Re 4:8 (Bl., §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Ac 26:13; acc. durat., τ. ἡμέρας, Lk 21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ., Ro 8:36; ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, Jo 11:9, Ro 13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Lk 2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Lk 9:12, al.; metaph., Jo 9:4, Ro 13:12, I Th 5:4, 5, 8, II Pe 1:19. Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mt 6:34, Mk 6:21, Lk 13:14, al.; τρίτῃ ἡ., Mt 16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיֹום, Es 3:4 ), II Co 4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ., Ro 8:36 10:21; pl., Jo 2:12, Ac 9:19, al.; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Ac 12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Lk 13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ., Re 1:10. In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. ( ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mt 7:22, Lk 6:23, Ro 13:12, I Co 1:8, I Th 5:2, II Th 2:2, II Pe 3:10, al.; by meton., as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, I Co 4:3 (EV, man's judgment ). As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl., §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jo 8:56 14:20, II Co 6:2, Eph 6:13, II Pe 3:18; pl., Ac 15:7, Eph 5:16, He 10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, De 4:40, al.; MM, Exp., xv), Mt 28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, Lk 5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ., c. gen. pers. ( Ge 26:1, al.), Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Ac 7:45, I Pe 3:20; ἀρχὴ ἡμερῶν, He 7:3.Scroll for more

hospitablyKindly, in a friendly manner.** φιλοφρόνως (< φιλόφρων ) adv., [in LXX: II Mac 3:9, IV Mac 8:5 *;] kindly, with friendliness: Ac 28:7.†Scroll for more

to host(a) I entertain a stranger, (b) I startle, bewilder.** ξενίζω (< ξένος ), [in LXX: Es 3:13, Si 29:25, II Mac 9:6, III Mac 7:3 *;] to receive as a guest, entertain: c. acc. pers., Ac 10:23 28:7, He 13:2; pass., Ac 10:6, 18, 32 21:16. In late writers (Polyb., al.; II Mac 9:6 ), to surprise, astonish by strangeness: Ac 17:20; pass., I Pe 4:4, 12.†Scroll for more

← Back to Esther 6:3

← Back to Matthew 21:41

← Back to Matthew 25:36

← Back to Mark 5:23

← Back to Mark 16:18

← Back to James 5:14

Acts 28:8

8And it was so that the father of Publius lay sick of fever and dysentery unto whom Paul entered in and prayed and laying his hands on him healed him

Related verses (16)

it was so

And

the

father

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Publius

of fever

and

dysentery

sick

that … lay

unto

whom

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

entered in

and

prayed

and laying

his

hands

on him

healed

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

δὲdeh

τὸνtohn

πατέραpah-TEH-rah

τοῦtoo

Ποπλίουpoh-PLEE-oo

πυρετοῖςpoo-reh-TOYS

καὶkai

δυσεντερίῳdoo-sen-teh-REE-oh

συνεχόμενονsoo-neh-CHOH-meh-nohn

κατακεῖσθαιkah-tah-KAY-sthai

πρὸςprohs

ὃνhohn

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

εἰσελθὼνay-sel-THOHN

καὶkai

προσευξάμενοςproh-syoo-KSAH-meh-nohs

ἐπιθεὶςeh-pee-THAYS

τὰςtahs

χεῖραςCHAY-rahs

αὐτῷow-TOH

ἰάσατοee-AH-sah-toh

αὐτόνow-TOHN

The Pieces

ἐγένετοGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

τὸνGreek article

πατέραGreek noun, masculine

τοῦGreek article

Ποπλίουname of a person

πυρετοῖςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

δυσεντερίῳGreek noun, feminine

συνεχόμενονGreek verb

κατακεῖσθαιGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

ὃνGreek relative pronoun

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

εἰσελθὼνGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

προσευξάμενοςGreek verb

ἐπιθεὶςGreek verb

τὰςGreek article

χεῖραςGreek noun, feminine

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ἰάσατοGreek verb

αὐτόνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

fatherFather, (Heavenly) Father, ancestor, elder, senior.πατήρ, πατρός, -τρί, τέρα, [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for אָב;] a father; prop., of the male parent: Mt 2:22, Lk 1:17, Jo 4:53; anarth., He 12:7 (M, Pr., 82 f.); pl., of both parents (cl.), He 11:23; οἱ π. τ. σαρκός, He 12:9; of a forefather or ancestor (in cl. usually in pl.; Hom., al.): Mt 3:9, Lk 1:73, Jo 8:39, al.; pl., Mt 23:30, 32, Lk 6:23, 26, Jo 4:20, I Co 10:1, al. Metaph., of an author, originator, or archetype (= αἴτιος, ἀρχηγός, etc.; Pind., Plat., al.): Jo 8:41-44, Ro 4:11, 12, 16. as a title of respect or honour, used of seniors, teachers and others in a position of responsible authority ( Jg 17:10, II Ki 2:12, Pr 1:8, al.): Mt 23:9, Ac 7:2 22:1, I Jo 2:13. Of God (as in cl. of Zeus) as Father; of created things: τ. φώτων, Ja 1:17; of all sentient beings: Eph 3:14, 15, He 12:9; of men, esp. those in covenant relation with Him (freq in OT and later Jewish lit.; v. Dalman, Words, 184 ff.): Mt 6:4, Lk 6:36, Jo 4:21, Ja 3:9, al.; ὁ π. ὁ ἐν ( τ. ) οὐρανοῖς, Mt 5:16, Mk 11:25; ὁ π. ὁ οὐράνιος, Mt 6:14 15:13; esp. in the Epp., of Christians: Ro 8:15, II Co 6:18, Ga 4:6, Eph 2:18 4:6, I Jo 2:1; c. gen. qual., τ. οἰκτιρμῶν, II Co 1:3; τ. δοξῆς, Eph 1:17; of Christ (Dalman, Words, 190 ff.); by our Lord himself: ὁ π., Mt 11:25-27, Lk 10:21, 22, Jo 5:20-23, al.; ὁ π. μου, Mt 11:27, al.; ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς, Mt 7:11, al.; ὁ οὐράνιος, Mt 15:13; vocat., Jo 11:41 12:27, 28 17:1, 5, 11, 20, 25 (cf. Abbott, JG., 96 f.); by Apostles: Jo 1:14 (anarth.; v. M, Pr., 82 f.), Ro 15:6, II Co 1:3 11:31, Eph 1:3, Col 1:3, He 1:5, I Pe 1:3, Re 1:6 (cf. Westc., Epp. Jo., 27-34).Scroll for more

PubliusPublius, a governor of Malta.Πόπλιος, -ου, ὁ (Latin), Publius: Ac 28:7, 8.†Scroll for more

feverA fever, scorching heat.πυρετός, -οῦ, ὁ (< πῦρ ), [in LXX: De 28:22 ( קדַּחַת )*;] a fever: Mt 8:15, Mk 1:31, Lk 4:39, Jo 4:52, Ac 28:8; π. μέγας, a high fever: Lk 4:38 (on the technical phrase here, v. MM, xxii).†Scroll for more

dysenteryDysentery.* δυσεντερία, -ας, ἡ, Rec. for δυσεντέριον (q.v.), Ac 28:8.†Scroll for more

to hold/oppress(a) I press together, close, (b) I press on every side, confine, (c) I hold fast, (d) I urge, impel, (e) pass: I am afflicted with (sickness).συν-έχω [in LXX for עצר, חבר, etc.;] to hold together ( τ. συνέχον τ. πάντα, Wi 1:7 ): of closing the ears, Ac 7:57 ( τ. στόμα, Is 52:15 ); to hem in, press on every side: Lk 8:45 19:43. to hold fast; of a prisoner, to hold in charge (Luc.; cf. exx. in Deiss., BS, 160; MM, xxiv): Lk 22:63; to constrain: II Co 5:14; pass., Lk 12:50, Ac 18:5 ( τ. λόγῳ; cf. Field, Notes, 128), Phl 1:23; in pass., of ills, to be seized or afflicted by, suffering from: Mt 4:24, Lk 4:38 8:37, Ac 28:8.†Scroll for more

to reclineI recline (at table); more often: I keep my bed, am lying ill (in bed).κατά-κειμαι, [in LXX: Pr 6:9 23:34 ( שׁכב ), Jth 13:15, Wi 17:7 *;] to lie down. to lie sick: Mk 1:30 2:4, Jo 5:6, Ac 28:8; seq. ἐπί c. gen., Ac 9:33; id. c. acc., Lk 5:25; ἐν, Jo 5:3. to recline at meals (cf. ἀνάκειμαι ): Mk 14:3, Lk 5:29; seq. ἐν, Mk 2:15, Lk 7:37, I Co 8:10.†Scroll for more

to enterI go in, come in, enter.εἰσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to go in or into, enter: Mt 9:25, Lk 7:45, al.; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:12, Mk 2:1, al.; seq. διά ( πύλης, θύρας, etc.), Mt 7:13, Jo 10:1, al.; ὑπὸ τ. στέγην, Mt 8:8; c. adv.: ὅπου, Mk 14:14, He 6:20; ὧδε, Mt 22:12; ἔσω, Mt 26:58; seq. πρός, c acc. pers., Mk 15:43, Lk 1:28, Ac 10:3 11:3 16:40 17:2 28:8, Re 3:20; of demons taking possession, Mk 9:25, Lk 8:30 22:3, Jo 13:27; of food, Mt 15:11, Ac 11:8. Metaph., of thoughts, Lk 9:46; εἰς κόπον, Jo 4:38; εἰς πειρασμόν, Mt 26:41, Lk 22:40, 46; of hope as an anchor, He 6:19; βοαί, Ja 5:4; πνεῦμα ζωῆς, Re 11:11; εἰς τ. κόσμον (cf. Wi 2:24 14:14, Jo 18:37 ), Ro 5:12, He 10:5; in counterparts of Jewish Aram. phrases relating to the theocracy (cf. Dalman, Words, 116ff.): εἰς τ. γάμους, Mt 25:10; εἰς τ. χάραν τ. κυρίου, Mt 25:21, 23; εἰς τ. ζωήν, Mt 18:8, 9 19:17, Mk 9:43, 45; εἰς τ. βασιλ. τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 5:20 7:21, al. (v.s. βασιλεία ); εἰς τ. κατάπαυσιν, He 3:11, 18 4:1 ff.; εἰς τ. δόξαν, Lk 24:26; εἰσ. καὶ ἐξερχ., to go in and out (like Heb. בֹוא וְצֵאת, De 28:6, etc.), of familiar intercourse, Ac 1:21; fig., of moral freedom, Jo 10:9 (cf. ἐπ-, παρ-, συν-εισέρχομαι ).Scroll for more

to prayI pray, pray for, offer prayer.προσ-εύχομαι, [in LXX chiefly for פלל hith.;] to pray (always of prayer to God, or in cl., to gods): absol., Mt 6:5-7, 9 14:23 19:13 26:36, 39, 41, 44, Mk 1:35 6:46 11:24, 25 13:33 (WH, R, txt., om.) Mk 14:32, 38, 39, Lk 1:10 3:21 5:16 6:12 9:18, 28, 29 11:1, 2 18:1, 10 22:44 (WH, R, mg., om.), Ac 1:24 6:6 9:11, 40 10:9, 30 11:5 12:12 13:3 14:23 16:25 20:36 21:5 22:17 28:8, I Co 11:4, 5 14:14, I Th 5:17, I Ti 2:8, Ja 5:13, 18; seq. λέγων, Mt 26:39, 42, Lk 22:41; c. dat. instr., I Co 11:5 14:14, 15; μακρά, Mt 23:14 (WH, R, txt., om.), Mk 12:40, Lk 20:47; ἐν πνεύματι ( ἁγίῳ ), Eph 6:18, Ju 20; προσευχῇ π. (a Hebraism, v.s. προσευχή ), Ja 5:17; c. acc. rei, Lk 18:11, Ro 8:26; seq. ἐπί, c. acc. pers., Ja 5:14; c. dat. pers., Mt 6:6, I Co 11:13; seq. περί, c. gen., Ac 8:15, Col 1:3 4:3, I Th 5:25, II Th 1:11 3:1, He 13:18; ὑπέρ, Mt 5:44, Lk 6:28, Col 1:9, Ja 5:16; seq. ἵνα, Mt 24:20, Mk 13:18 14:35, Lk 22:46, I Co 14:13; τοῦτο ἵνα, Phl 1:9; c. inf., Lk 22:46; seq. τοῦ, c. inf. (Bl., § 71, 3), Ja 5:17.†Scroll for more

to healI heal, generally of the physical, sometimes of spiritual, disease.ἰάομαι, -ῶμαι, [in LXX for רפא ( Ge 20:17, al.), exc. Is 30:26 61:1 ( חבשׁ );] to heal: c. acc. pers., Lk 5:17 6:19 9:2, 11, 42 14:4 22:51, Jo 4:47, Ac 9:34 10:38 28:8; pass., Mt 8:8, 13 15:28, Lk 7:7 8:47 17:15, Jo 5:13; id. seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:29, Lk 6:17; fig., of spiritual healing, Mt 13:15, Jo 12:40, Ac 28:27 (LXX); pass., He 12:13, Ja 5:16, I Pe 2:24.† SYN.: θεραπεύω, q.v.Scroll for more

Acts 28:9

9And when this was done the rest also that had diseases in the island came and were cured

Related verses (3)

Acts 5:12, 15 | Matthew 4:24 | Mark 6:54-56

this

And

when … was done

also

the

rest

The ASV does not translate this word.

the

island

that had

diseases

came

and

were cured

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

τούτουTOO-too

δὲdeh

γενομένουgeh-noh-MEH-noo

καὶkai

οἱhoy

λοιποὶloy-POY

οἱhoy

ἐνen

τῇtay

νήσῳNAY-soh

ἔχοντεςEH-chohn-tes

ἀσθενείαςah-stheh-NAY-ahs

προσήρχοντοproh-SAYR-chohn-toh

καὶkai

ἐθεραπεύοντοeh-theh-rah-PYOO-ohn-toh

The Pieces

τούτουGreek demonstrative pronoun

δὲGreek conjunction

γενομένουGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

λοιποὶGreek adjective

οἱGreek article

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

νήσῳGreek noun, feminine

ἔχοντεςGreek verb

ἀσθενείαςGreek noun, feminine

προσήρχοντοGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐθεραπεύοντοGreek verb

What It Can Mean

of thisοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

remainingLeft, left behind, the remainder, the rest, the others.λοιπός, -ή, -όν (< λείπω ), [in LXX chiefly for יֶתֶר, also for שְׁאָר, etc.;] the remaining, the rest, pl., οἱ λ.: c. subst., Mt 25:11, Ac 2:37, Ro 1:13, al.; absol., Mt 22:6, Mk 16:[13], Lk 24:10, al.; οἱ λ. οἱ (Bl., § 47, 8), Ac 28:9, I Th 4:13, Re 2:24; οἱ λ. τ. ἀνθρώπων (LS, s.v., ad. init.), Re 9:20; τὰ λ., Mk 4:19, Re 3:2, al. Neut. sing. (acc. ref.), adverbially, τὸ λ.; for the future, henceforth: Mk 14:41, I Co 7:29 (Lft., Notes, 232 f.), He 10:13; anarth. (Deiss., LAE, 176 16, 188 5, 20 ), Ac 27:20, II Ti 4:8; τοῦ λ. (sc. χρόνου; LS, s.v.; M, Pr., 73; Bl., § 36, 13), Ga 6:17, Eph 6:10; besides, moreover, for the rest: Phl 3:1 4:8; anarth., I Co 1:16 4:2, I Th 4:1 (M, Th., in l; Lft., Notes, 51).Scroll for more

islandAn island.νῆσος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX for אִי;] an island: Ac 13:6 27:26 28:1, 7, 9, 11, Re 1:9 6:14 16:20.†Scroll for more

to have/beI have, hold, possess.ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל ( ἐχόμενος ), בַּעַל, יֵשׁ, etc., 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, v. M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl., in various senses and constructions. Trans.; to have, hold, hold fast, etc.; to hold, as, in the hand: Re 5:8 14:6, al.; ἐν τ. χειρί, Re 1:16 10:2, al.; of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mt 3:4 22:12, al.; so freq. pres. ptcp. (LS, s.v., A, I, 6; Bl., § 74, 2), Mk 11:13, Jo 18:10, Re 9:17, al.; of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ ( κοίτην ἔ. ), to be with child: Mk 13:17, Ro 9:10; to hold fast, keep: Lk 19:20; metaph., of the mind and conduct, Mk 16:8 (cf. Jb 21:6, Is 13:8; Deiss., BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44 f.), Jo 14:21, Ro 1:28, I Ti 3:9, II Ti 1:13, Re 6:9, al.; to involve: He 10:35 (LXX), Ja 1:4, I Jo 4:18; = Lat. habere (Bl., § 34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: c. acc. et predic. ptcp., Lk 14:18; c. acc., seq. ὡς, Mt 14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mt 21:46; on (Bl., § 70, 2), Mk 11:32. to have, possess; in general, c. acc. rei: Mt 19:22, Mk 10:22, Lk 12:19, Jo 10:16, I Co 11:22, al.; of wealth or poverty, absol., ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή ), Mt 13:12 25:29, II Co 8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, II Co 8:11; of relationship, association, etc.: πατέρα, Jo 8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), I Co 7:2; φίλον, Lk 11:5; βασιλέα, Jo 19:15; ποιμένα, Mt 9:36; c. dupl. acc., Mt 3:9, al.; of parts or members: ὦτα, Mt 19:15; μέλη, Ro 12:4; θεμελίους, c. acc., as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι ), I Th 3:6; ἀγάπην, Jo 13:35; γνῶσιν, I Co 8:1; πεποίθησιν, II Co 3:4; θλίψιν, Jo 16:33, etc. (Thayer, s.v., I, 2, f., g.); of duty, necessity, etc.: ἀνάγκην, I Co 7:37; νόμον, Jo 19:7; ἐπιταγήν, I Co 7:25; ἀγῶνα, Phl 1:30; κρίμα, I Ti 5:12; of complaints and disputes; κατά, c. gen. pers., Mt 5:23, Mk 11:25; id. seq. ὅτι, Re 2:4, 20; c. acc. seq. πρός, Ac 24:19, al.; c. inf., (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mt 18:25, Mk 14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι ), Lk 12:4, Ac 4:14, al; of necessity (Bl., § 69, 4): Lk 12:50, Ac 23:17-19 28:19. Intrans. (Bl., § 53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ., c. inf., Ac 21:13, II Co 12:14; ἐσχάτως (q.v.), Mk 5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mt 4:24, al.; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jo 4:52; πῶς, Ac 15:36; impers., ἄλλως ἔχει, it is otherwise, I Ti 5:25; οὕτως, Ac 7:1, al.; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are ( To 7:11 ), Ac 24:25. Mid., -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: c. gen., τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, He 6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp., ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mk 1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένῃ ( ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Lk 13:33, Ac 20:15 21:26; ( σαββάτῳ ), Ac 13:44. (Cf. ἀν-, προσ-αν-, ἀντ-, ἀπ-, ἐν-, ἐπ-, κατ-, μετ-, παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, ὑπερ-, ὑπ-έχω.)Scroll for more

weakness: weakWant of strength, weakness, illness, suffering, calamity, frailty.

to come near/agreeI come up to, come to, come near (to), approach, consent (to).προσ-έρχομαι, [in LXX for קרב, נגשׁ, etc.;] to approach, draw near: absol., Mt 4:11, Lk 9:42, al.; c. infin., Mt 24:1, al.; c. dat. loc., He 12:18, 22; dat. pers., Mt 5:1, and freq., Jo 12:21, al.; ptcp., προσελθών, c. indic., Mt 8:2, and freq., Mk 1:31, Lk 7:14, al.; π. αὐτῷ, c. indic., Mt 4:3, Mk 6:35. Metaph., of approaching God: absol. ( Le 21:17, De 21:5, al.), He 10:1, 22; τ. θεῷ, He 7:25 11:6; τ. θρόνῳ τ. χάριτος, He 4:16; πρὸς Χριστόν, I Pe 2:4; in sense not found elsewhere (Field, Notes, 211), to consent to: ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις, I Ti 6:3.Scroll for more

to serve/healI care for, attend, serve, treat, especially of a physician; hence: I heal.θεραπεύω, [in LXX for ישׁב, etc.;] to do service, serve: c. acc. pers., pass., Ac 17:25. As medical term, to treat (MM, Exp., xv), cure, heal: Mt 12:10, Mk 6:5, Lk 6:7, al.; c. acc. pers., Mt 4:24, Mk 1:34, al.; seq. ἀπό, Lk 5:15 6:18 7:21 8:2, 43; θ. νόσον ( μαλακίαν ), Mt 4:23, al. SYN.: ἰάομαι (v. Field, Notes, 60; MM, Exp., l.c.).Scroll for more

← Back to Jeremiah 40:5

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:26

← Back to Philippians 2:29

← Back to 1 Timothy 5:17

← Back to Titus 3:13

Acts 28:10

10who also honored us with many honors and when we sailed they put on board such things as we needed

Related verses (10)

who

also

many

with … honors

honored

and

when we sailed

they put on board

such things as

The ASV does not translate this word.

we needed

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

οἳhoy

καὶkai

πολλαῖςpoh-LAIS

τιμαῖςtee-MAIS

ἐτίμησανeh-TEE-may-sahn

ἡμᾶςhay-MAHS

καὶkai

ἀναγομένοιςah-nah-goh-MEH-noys

ἐπέθεντοeh-PEH-then-toh

τὰtah

πρὸςprohs

τὰςtahs

χρείαςCHRAY-ahs

The Pieces

οἳGreek relative pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

πολλαῖςGreek adjective or Greek adverb

τιμαῖςGreek noun, feminine

ἐτίμησανGreek verb

ἡμᾶςGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀναγομένοιςGreek verb

ἐπέθεντοGreek verb

τὰGreek article

πρὸςGreek preposition

τὰςGreek article

χρείαςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

honorA price, honor.τιμή, -ῆς, ἡ [in LXX for עֵרֶךְ, יְקָר, etc.;] a valuing, hence, objectively; a price paid or received: c. gen. pers., Mt 27:9; c. gen. rei, Ac 5:2, 3; pl., Ac 4:34 19:19; τ. αἵματος, Mt 27:6; ἠγοράσθητε τιμῆς, I Co 6:20 7:23; ὠνεῖσθαι τιμῆς ἀργυρίου, Ac 7:16. esteem, honour: Ro 12:10 13:7, I Co 12:23, I Ti 5:17 6:1, He 5:4, I Pe 2:7 (R, txt., preciousness, cf. Hort, in l), 3:7; τ. διδόναι, I Co 12:24; ἔχειν, Jo 4:44, He 3:3; τ. καὶ δόξα ( δ. κ. τ. ), Ro 2:7, 10, I Ti 1:17, He 2:7 (LXX), 9, I Pe 1:7, II Pe 1:17, Re 4:9, 11 5:12, 13 7:12 21:26; τ. καὶ κράτος, I Ti 6:16; εἰς τ., Ro 9:21, II Ti 2:20, 21; ἐν τ., Col 2:23; I Th 4:4; by meton., of marks of honour, Ac 28:10.†Scroll for more

to honor(a) I value at a price, estimate, (b) I honor, reverence.τιμάω, -ῶ (< τιμή ), [in LXX for כָּבַד pi., עָרַךְ hi., etc.;] to fix the value, price: c. acc pers., of Christ, Mt 27:9 (LXX). to honour: c. acc pers., Mt 15:4 (LXX), Mt 15:5, 8 (LXX) Mt 19:19 (LXX), Mk 7:6, 10 10:19, Lk 18:20 (LXX), Jo 5:23 8:49 12:26, Eph 6:2 (LXX), I Ti 5:3, I Pe 2:17; πολλαῖς τιμαῖς, Ac 28:10.†Scroll for more

to leadI lead up, bring up, offer, produce, put to sea, set sail.ἀν-άγω [in LXX chiefly for עָלָה hi.;] to lead or bring up: seq. είς, c. acc. loc., Mt 4:1, Lk 2:22 4:5 (WH om. είς, κ.τ.λ. ), Ac 9:39 16:34; of raising the dead (cl.), ἐκ νεκρῶν, Ro 10:7, He 13:20; to produce and set before, τ. λαῷ, Ac 12:4 (MM, VGT, s.v.); in sacrificial sense (MM, VGT, s.v.), to offer, θυσίαν, Ac 7:41. Mid., in nautical sense (Hom., Hdt., Thuc., al.), to put to sea: Lk 8:22, Ac 13:13 16:11 18:21 20:3, 13 21:1, 2 27:2, 4 27:12, 21 28:10, 11 (cf. ἐπ-ανάγω ).†Scroll for more

needNeed, necessity, business.χρεία, -ας, ἡ [in LXX: II Ch 2:16 (15) ( צֹרֶךְ ), II Es 7:20 ( חַשְׁחוּת ) freq. in Si, I-II Mac;] need, necessity: Ac 28:10, Tit 3:14; πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς χ. (RV, txt., for edifying as the need may be; but v. Field, Notes, 192), Eph 4:29; ἕστι χ., Lk 10:42, He 7:11; χ. ἔχειν, c. gen., Mt 6:8 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 9:11 15:7 19:31, 34 22:71, Jo 13:29, I Co 12:21, 24, I Th 4:12, He 10:36, Re 21:23 22:5; seq. τοῦ, c. inf. (Bl., § 71, 3), He 5:12; absol. (sc. gen.), Ac 2:45 4:35; c. gen. pers., Mt 9:12 26:65, Mk 2:17 14:63, Lk 5:31; c. inf. (Bl., § 69, 5), Mt 3:14 14:16, Jo 13:10, I Th 1:8 4:9; seq. ἵνα, Jo 2:25 16:30, I Jo 2:27; absol., Mk 2:25, Eph 4:28, I Jo 3:17; οὐδὲν χ. ἔχειν, Re 3:17; ἡ χ., c. gen. subjc., Phl 2:25 4:16, 19; pl., Ac 20:34, Ro 12:13. matter, business (so esp. in late writers, Polyb., al.; I Mac 12:45, al.): Ac 6:3.†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 21:8

← Back to Acts 27:6

← Back to 1 Corinthians 16:6

Acts 28:11

11And after three months we set sail in a ship of Alexandria which had wintered in the island whose sign was The Twin Brothers

Related verses (5)

Acts 6:9 | Acts 27:6 | Isaiah 45:20 | Jonah 1:5, 16 | 1 Corinthians 8:4

after

And

three

months

we set sail

a ship

which had wintered

the

island

of Alexandria

whose sign

was The Twin Brothers

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Μετὰmeh-TAH

δὲdeh

τρεῖςtrays

μῆναςMAY-nahs

ἀνήχθημενah-NAY-chthay-men

ἐνen

πλοίῳPLOY-oh

παρακεχειμακότιpah-rah-keh-chay-mah-KOH-tee

ἐνen

τῇtay

νήσῳNAY-soh

Ἀλεξανδρίνῳah-leh-ksahn-DREE-noh

παρασήμῳpah-rah-SAY-moh

Διοσκούροιςdee-oh-SKOO-roys

The Pieces

ΜετὰGreek preposition

δὲGreek conjunction

τρεῖςGreek adjective

μῆναςGreek noun, masculine

ἀνήχθημενGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

πλοίῳGreek noun, neuter

παρακεχειμακότιGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

τῇGreek article

νήσῳGreek noun, feminine

Ἀλεξανδρίνῳname of a people of a place

παρασήμῳGreek noun, neuter

Διοσκούροιςname of a title or other name

What It Can Mean

with/after(a) gen: with, in company with, (b) acc: (1) behind, beyond, after, of place, (2) after, of time, with nouns, neut. of adjectives.μετά (before vowel μετ’; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b ), prep. c. gen., acc. (in poet, also c. dat.), [in LXX for אֵת, עִם, אַחַד, etc.;]. C. gen., among, amid: Mk 1:13, Lk 22:37 (LXX, ἐν ) 24:5, Jo 18:5, al.; διωγμῶν, Mk 10:30. Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more freq. in NT; cf. Bl., § 42, 3): c. gen. pers., Mt 8:11 20:20, Mk 1:29 3:7, Lk 5:30, Jo 3:22, Ga 2:1, al. mult.; εἶναι μετά, Mt 5:25, Mk 3:14, al.; metaph., of divine help and guidance, Jo 3:2, Ac 7:9, Phl 4:9, al.; opp. to εἶναι κατά, Mt 12:30, Lk 11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but v. M, Pr., 106, 246 f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π., c. dat., to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם probably misspelled לְהִלָּחֵם, I Ki 17:33 ), Re 2:16, al.; c. gen. rei, χαρᾶς, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16, al.; ὀργῆς, Mk 3:5, al. C. acc., of place, behind, after: He 9:3. Of time, after: Mt 17:1, Mk 14:1, Lk 1:24, Ac 1:5, Ga 1:18, al.; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jo 2:12, al.; ταῦτα, Mk 16:[12], Lk 5:27, Jo 3:22, al; c. inf. artic. (Bl., § 71, 5; 72, 3), Mt 26:32, Mk 1:14, al. In composition, of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. after: μεταμέλομαι.Scroll for more

ThreeThree.τρεῖς, οἱ, αἱ, τρία, τά three: Mt 12:40, al.; μετὰ τ. ἡμέρας = τῇ τρίτῃ ἡ., Mk 10:34, al. (cf. Field, Notes, 11 ff.)Scroll for more

monthA (lunar) month.μήν, gen., μηνός, ὁ, [in LXX very freq. for חֹדֶשׁ, Ge 7:11, al.; a few times for יֶרַח;] a month: Lk 1:24, 26, 36, 56 4:25, Ac 7:20 18:11 19:8 20:3 28:11, Ja 5:17, Re 9:5, 10, 15 11:2 13:5 22:2; pl., of the festival of the new moon (cf. Is 66:23 ), Ga 4:10.†Scroll for more

boatA ship, vessel, boat.πλοῖον, -ου, τό (< πλέω ), [in LXX chiefly for אֳנִיָּה;] a boat, also (= obsol. ναῦς ) a ship: Mt 4:21, 22, and freq. in Gosp. and Ac, Ja 3:4, Re 8:9 18:19.Scroll for more

to winterI pass the winter.* παρα-χειμάζω, to winter at a place: seq. εἰς, Ac 27:12; ἐν, Ac 28:11; πρὸς ὑμᾶς, I Co 16:6; ἐκεῖ, Tit 3:12.†Scroll for more

islandAn island.νῆσος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX for אִי;] an island: Ac 13:6 27:26 28:1, 7, 9, 11, Re 1:9 6:14 16:20.†Scroll for more

AlexandriaAlexandrian, belonging to Alexandria in Egypt.Ἀλεξανδρινός (Rec. -δρῖνο; v. Kühner3, II, 296), -ή, -όν, Alexandrian: Ac 27:6 28:11.†Scroll for more

figureheadMarked with; a figure-head.** παράσημος, -ον (< σῆμα, a mark ), [in LXX: III Mac 2:29 *;] in cl., marked amiss, spurious, counterfeit. Later, marked at the side, annotated (Plut.). marked with a sign (LXX); as subst., a figurehead: Ac 28:11 (v. MM, xix).†Scroll for more

the twin godsThe Dioscuri, Castor and Pollux, sons of Zeus and Leda, and patrons of sailors.Διόσ-κουροι, -ων, οἱ (Ion. and κοινή form of Att., Διόσκοροι; < Διός, gen. of Ζεύς + κόρος, a son), the Dioscuri (Castor and Pollux), twin sons of Zeus and Leda (RV, The Twin Brothers ): Ac 28:11.†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 21:7

Acts 28:12

12And touching at Syracuse we tarried there three days

And

touching

Syracuse

we tarried there

days

three

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

καὶkai

καταχθέντεςkah-tah-CHTHEN-tes

εἰςays

Συρακούσαςsoo-rah-KOO-sahs

ἐπεμείναμενeh-peh-MAY-nah-men

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

τρεῖςtrays

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

καταχθέντεςGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Συρακούσαςname of a place

ἐπεμείναμενGreek verb

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

τρεῖςGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

to bring downI lead down, bring down, either from a high place on land or to a lower (or actually to the sea-coast), or from the high seas to land.κατ-άγω, [in LXX chiefly for ירד hi.;] to bring down: c. acc. pers., Ac 22:30, Ro 10:6; id. seq. εἰς, Ac 9:30 23:15, 20, 28; as nautical term, to bring to land: τ. πλοῖον ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Lk 5:11; pass., seq. εἰς, Ac 27:3 28:12.†Scroll for more

SyracuseSyracuse.Συράκουσαι, -ῶν, αἱ Syracuse: Ac 28:12.†Scroll for more

to remain/keep on(a) I remain, tarry, (b) I remain in, persist in.ἐπι-μένω [in LXX: Ex 12:39 ( מָהַהּ hith.)*;] to stay on, tarry or abide still: seq. έν, I Co 16:8; αὐτοῦ, there, Ac 15:34 (WH, txt., RV, txt., omit) 21:4; c. dat., τ. σαρκί, Phl 1:24; seq. παρά, c. dat. pers., Ac 28:14; πρός, c. acc pers., I Co 16:7, Ga 1:18; c. acc temp., Ac 10:48 21:4, 10 28:12, 14, I Co 16:7. Metaph., to continue in a pursuit or state: c. dat., τ. ἀμαρτίᾳ, Ro 6:1; τ. ὰπιστίᾳ, 11:23; τ. πίστει, Col 1:23; αὐτοῖς (v. CGT, in l), I Ti 4:16; τ. χρηστότητι, Ro 11:22; c. ptcp. (cf. Bl., § 73, 4; 76, 2), Jo 8:7, Ac 12:16.†Scroll for more

ThreeThree.τρεῖς, οἱ, αἱ, τρία, τά three: Mt 12:40, al.; μετὰ τ. ἡμέρας = τῇ τρίτῃ ἡ., Mk 10:34, al. (cf. Field, Notes, 11 ff.)Scroll for more

← Back to Job 9:9

Acts 28:13

13And from thence we made a circuit and arrived at Rhegium and after one day a south wind sprang up and on the second day we came to Puteoli

Related verses (1)

Acts 27:13

from thence

we made a circuit

and arrived

Rhegium

and

after

one

day

sprang up

a south wind

on the second day

and … we came

Puteoli

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

ὅθενHOH-then

περιελθόντεςpeh-ree-el-THOHN-tes

κατηντήσαμενkah-tayn-TAY-sah-men

εἰςays

ῬήγιονRAY-gee-ohn

καὶkai

μετὰmeh-TAH

μίανMEE-ahn

ἡμέρανhay-MEH-rahn

ἐπιγενομένουeh-pee-geh-noh-MEH-noo

νότουNOH-too

δευτεραῖοιdyoo-teh-RAI-oy

ἤλθομενAYL-thoh-men

εἰςays

Ποτιόλουςpoh-tee-OH-loos

The Pieces

ὅθενGreek conjunction

περιελθόντες

κατηντήσαμενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ῥήγιονname of a place

καὶGreek conjunction

μετὰGreek preposition

μίανGreek adjective

ἡμέρανGreek noun, feminine

ἐπιγενομένουGreek verb

νότουGreek noun, masculine

δευτεραῖοιGreek adjective

ἤλθομενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ποτιόλουςname of a place

What It Can Mean

whence(a) whence, from which place, (b) wherefore.ὅθεν adv., whence; of direction or source: Mt 12:44, Lk 11:24, Ac 14:26 28:13; = ἐκεῖθεν ὅπου, Mt 25:24, 26 (cf. Thuc., i, 89, 3); ὅ. γινώσκομεν, I Jn 2:18; of cause, whence, wherefore: Mt 14:7, Ac 26:19, He 2:17 3:1 7:25 8:3 9:18 11:19.†Scroll for more

No dictionary entry for this word.

to come to(a) I come down, either from high land to lower (or actually to the sea-coast), or from the high seas to the coast; hence met: I arrive at, reach (my destination), (b) of property: I come down (descend) by inheritance to an heir.† κατ-αντάω, -ῶ, [in LXX: II Ki 3:29 ( חוּל ), II Mac 4:21, 24, 44 Mac 6:14 *;] to come to, arrive at: seq. εἰς, c. acc. loc., Ac 16:1 18:19, 24 21:7 25:13 (v. M, Pr., 132) 27:12 28:13; seq. ἀντικρύ, c. gen., Ac 20:15. Metaph., seq. εἰς, c. acc. pers., I Co 10:11 14:36; id. c. acc. rei, to attain to: Ac 26:7, Eph 4:13, Phl 3:11.†Scroll for more

RhegiumRhegium, a city in the south-west corner of Italy opposite Sicily (modern Reggio).Ῥήγιον, -ου, τό Rhegium, a town in Sicily: Ac 28:13.†Scroll for more

firstμία, v.s. εἷς.Scroll for more

to arise/spring upI arise, spring up, arrive, come on.** ἐπι-γίνομαι (v.s. γίνομαι ) [in LXX: Ep. Je 47, III Mac 2:6 *;] to arrive, arise, come on: Ac 28:13.†Scroll for more

southThe south wind, the South.νότος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for נֶגֶב, also for דָּרוֹם, תֵּימָן and קָדִים;] prop., the south wind: Lk 12:55, Ac 27:13 28:13. South: Lk 13:29, Re 21:13. the South, as a region (cf. נֶגֶב ): Mt 12:42, Lk 11:31.†Scroll for more

the next dayAdj. where English requires an adv., on the second day, on the next day.* δευτεραῖος, -α, -ον (< δεύτερος ), adj. with adverbial sense; on the second day: δευτεραῖοι ἤλθομεν, Ac 28:13.†Scroll for more

to come/goI come, go.ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very freq. for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni., אתה, etc., 34 words in all;] to come; of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mt 8:9, Mk 6:31, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:27, Ro 9:9, al.; seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:35 7:1, Jo 3:2, al.; ἐκ, Lk 5:17, Jo 3:31, al.; εἰς, Mk 1:29, al.; διά seq. εἰς, Mk 7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263 f., but v.s. ἐν ), Ro 15:29, I Co 4:21; ἐπί, c. acc., Mk 6:53 11:13, Jo 19:33, al.; κατά, c. acc., Lk 10:33 Ac 16:7; παρά, c. gen., Lk 8:49; c. acc., Mt 15:29, Mk 9:14, al.; c. dat. comm., incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mt 21:5, Re 2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jo 3:8, al.; ἄνωθεν, Jo 3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mk 5:27; ὧδε, Mt 8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jo 18:3; ποῦ, He 11:8; seq. ἕως, Lk 4:42; ἄχρι, Ac 11:5; with purpose expressed by inf., Mk 5:14, Lk 1:59, al.; by fut. ptcp., Mt 27:49; ἵνα, Jo 12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Ac 9:21; διά, c. acc., Jo 12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc.: Mk 2:18, Jo 6:15, al.; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jo 1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mt 2:8 8:7, Mk 7:25, Ac 16:39, al.; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Lk 15:25, al.; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah ( ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mt 11:3, al.; v. Cremer, 264), Lk 3:16, Jo 4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mt 11:19, Lk 7:34, Jo 5:43, al.; of the second coming, Mt 10:23, Ac 1:11, I Co 4:5, I Th 5:2, al.; of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (pres. for fut.: Bl., §56, 8), Lk 23:29, He 8:8 (LXX); fut., Mt 9:15, Mk 2:20, al.; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jo 4:21, 23. al.; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jo 13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, I Th 5:2; καιροί, Ac 3:19; of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Lk 17:27; λιμός, Ac 7:11; ἡ ὀργή, I Th 1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mk 4:21 (v. Swete, in l.). Metaph., τ. ἀγαθά, Ro 3:8; τ. τέλειον, I Co 13:10; ἡ πίστις, Ga 3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Ro 7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Re 7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mk 5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. to go: ὀπίσω, c. gen. (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי ), Mt 16:24, Mk 8:34, Lk 9:23; σύν, Jo 21:3; ὁδόν, Lk 2:44. (Cf. ἀν-, ἐπ-αν-, ἀπ-, δι-, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ-, παρ-εἰσ-, συν-εἰσ-, ἐξ-, δι-εξ-, ἐπ-, κατ-, παρ-, ἀντι-παρ-, περι-, προ-, προσ-, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, s.v. ἔρξομαι ).Scroll for more

PuteoliPuteoli, the great harbor for traffic with Alexandria on the Bay of Naples.Ποτίολοι, -ων, οἱ, Puteoli (mod. Pozzuoli ), a city on the Bay of Naples: Ac 28:13.†Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 20:6

← Back to Acts 21:4

Acts 28:14

14where we found brethren and were entreated to tarry with them seven days and so we came to Rome

Related verses (8)

where

we found

brethren

and were entreated

with

them

to tarry

days

seven

and

The ASV does not translate this word.

Rome

we came

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

οὗhoo

εὑρόντεςhyoo-ROHN-tes

ἀδελφοὺςah-del-FOOS

παρεκλήθημενpah-reh-KLAY-thay-men

παρpahr

αὐτοῖςow-TOYS

ἐπιμεῖναιeh-pee-MAY-nai

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

ἑπτάheh-PTAH

καὶkai

οὕτωςHOO-tohs

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

ῬώμηνROH-mayn

ἤλθαμενAYL-thah-men

The Pieces

οὗGreek adverb

εὑρόντεςGreek verb

ἀδελφοὺςGreek noun, masculine

παρεκλήθημενGreek verb

παρGreek preposition

αὐτοῖςGreek pronoun

ἐπιμεῖναιGreek verb

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

ἑπτάGreek adjective

καὶGreek conjunction

οὕτωςGreek adverb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

Ῥώμηνname of a place

ἤλθαμενGreek verb

What It Can Mean

whitherWhere, whither, when, in what place.οὗ (prop. gen. of ὅς ), adv. of place, where, whither; in answer to the question "where?" (= ubi ): Mt 2:9 18:20, Lk 4:16, 17 23:53, Ac 1:13 2:2 7:29 12:12 16:13 20:6, 8 25:10 28:14, Ro 9:26 (LXX), Col 3:1, He 3:9 (LXX), Re 17:15; of condition, Ro 4:15 5:20, II Co 3:17; in answer to the question "whither?" (= quo ): Mt 28:16, Lk 10:1 24:28; seq. ἐάν, c. subjc., I Co 16:6.†Scroll for more

to find/meetI find, learn, discover, especially after searching.εὑρίσκω, [in LXX chiefly for מצא, also for נשׂג hi., etc.;] to find, with or without previous search: absol., opp. to ζητέω, Mt 7:7, 8 Lk 11:9, 10; c. acc., Mt 2:8, Mk 1:37, Ac 13:22, II Ti 1:17, al.; pass., οὐχ εὑ., of disappearance, He 11:5, Re 16:20, al.; γῆ κ. τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται (for conjectures as to the meaning of this reading, v. Mayor, ICC, in l.), II Pe 3:10, WH, R, mg. Metaph., to find, find out by inquiry, learn, discover: Lk 19:48, Ac 4:21; αἰτίαν, Jo 18:38, Ac 13:28, al.; pass., Mt 1:18, Lk 17:18, Ro 7:10, I Co 4:2, Ga 2:17, I Pe 1:7, Re 5:4, al.; of attaining to the knowledge of God, εὑ. θεόν, Ac 17:27; pass., Ro 10:20 (LXX). Mid., to find for oneself, gain, procure, obtain: c. acc. rei, λύτρωσιν, He 9:12; act. in same sense (so cl. poets, but not in Attic prose), Mt 10:39 11:29, Lk 1:30, Ac 7:46, II Ti 1:18, al. (cf. ἀν-ευρίσκω ).Scroll for more

brotherA brother, member of the same religious community, especially a fellow-Christian.ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ (< ἀ- copul., δελφύς, womb ), in cl., a brother, born of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102 f.), for אָח;] lit. of a brother ( Ge 4:2, al.). Of a neighbour ( Le 19:17 ). Of a member of the same nation ( Ex 2:14, De 15:3 ). In NT in each of these senses (1. Mt 1:2, al.; 2. Mt 7:3; 3. Ro 9:3 ) and also, of a fellow-Christian: I Co 1:1, Ac 9:30. This usage finds illustration in π., where ἀ. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1:4; MM, VGT, s.v.). The ἀδελφοὶ τ. Κυρίου ( Mt 12:46-49 13:55 28:10, Mk 3:31-34, Lk 8:19-21, Jo 2:12 7:3, 5 10 20:17, Ac 1:14, I Co 9:5 ) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. viff.; DB, i, 320 ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft., Gal., 252ff.; DCG, i, 232 ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes ἀ. equivalent to ἀνεψιός, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.)Scroll for more

to plead/comfort(a) I send for, summon, invite, (b) I beseech, entreat, beg, (c) I exhort, admonish, (d) I comfort, encourage, console.παρα-καλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for נחם ni., pi.;] to call to one, call for, summon: Ac 28:20 (R, mg.; R, txt., entreat ); hence (of the gods: Dem., Xen., al.), to invoke, call on, beseech, entreat: τ. πατέρα μου, Mt 26:53; τ. κύριον, II Co 12:8; in late writers (Polyb., Diod., al.; rarely in LXX; in π., v. Deiss., LAE, 176 14 ), also of men: absol., Phm 9; c. acc., Mt 8:5, Mk 1:40, Ac 16:9, al.; c. inf., Mk 5:17, Lk 8:41, Ac 8:31, al.; seq. ἵνα (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), Mt 14:36, Mk 5:18, Lk 8:31, al. to admonish, exhort: absol., Lk 3:18, Ro 12:8, II Ti 4:2, al.; c. acc., Ac 15:32, I Th 2:11, He 3:13, al.; id. seq. inf., Ac 11:23, Ro 12:1, Phl 4:2, I Th 4:10, al.; seq. ἵνα (v. M, Pr., 205, 208), I Co 1:10, II Co 8:6, I Th 4:1, al. to cheer, encourage, comfort (Plut., LXX: Jb 4:3, Is 35:3, Si 43:24, al.): c. acc., II Co 1:6, Eph 6:22, Col 2:2, al.; id. seq. ἐν, I Th 4:18; διά, II Co 1:4; pass., Mt 5:4, Lk 16:25, Ac 20:12. SYN.: παραμυθέω (cf. M, Th., 25).Scroll for more

from/with/besideGen: from; dat: beside, in the presence of; acc: alongside of.παρά, prep. c. gen., dat., acc., with radical sense, beside. C. gen. pers., from the side of, from beside, from, indicating source or origin, [in LXX for מֵאֵצֶל, מִיַד, מִלִּפְנֵי;] after verbs of motion, Mk 14:43, Lk 8:49, Jo 15:26, al.; after verbs of seeking, receiving, hearing, etc., Mk 8:11 12:2, Jo 4:9, 52 10:18, Phl 4:18, II Ti 1:18, Ja 1:7, al.; after passive verbs, of the agent (like ὑπό ), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11, Lk 1:37; absol., οἱ παρ’ αὐτοῦ, his family, his kinsfolk, Mk 3:21 (cf. M, Pr., 106 f.; Field, Notes, 25 f.; Swete, in l.); τὰ παρ’ αὐτῆς ( αὐτῶν, ὑμῶν ), one's means, wealth, Mk 5:26, Lk 10:7, Phl 4:18. C. dat. pers. (exc. Jo 19:25, π. τ. σταυρῷ ), by the side of, beside, by, with, [in LXX for בְּעֵינֵי, בְּיַד, אֵצֶל;] Lk 11:37 19:7, Jo 1:40 4:40, Ac 28:14, al.; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at home, I Co 16:2; c. dat. pl., among, Mt 22:25, Col 4:16, al.; metaph., Mt 19:26, Mk 10:27, Lk 1:30, Ro 2:13, Ja 1:27, al. C. acc., of motion by or towards, [in LXX for בְּעֵבֶר,עַל יַד,אֵצֶל;] of place, by the side of, beside, by, along: Ac 10:32, He 11:12; after verbs of motion, Mt 4:18, Mk 4:4, Lk 8:5, Ac 4:35, al.; after verbs of rest, Mt 13:1, Mk 5:21, Lk 8:35, al. beside, beyond, metaph.; beyond, against, contrary to: Ac 18:13, Ro 1:26 4:18 11:24, al.; except, II Co 11:24; beyond, above, in comparison with: Lk 3:13, Ro 12:3 14:5, He 1:4, 9 3:3, al.; on account of: I Co 12:15, 16. In composition: beside, to ( παραλαμβάνω, παράγω ), at hand ( πάρειμι ), from ( παραρρέω ), amiss ( παρακούω ), past ( παρέρχομαι ), compared with ( παρομοιάζω ), above measure ( παροργίζω ).Scroll for more

sevenSeven.ἐπτά, οἱ, αἱ, τά indecl., seven: Mt 12:45 18:22 (cf. ἑβδομηκοντάκις ), Mk 8:5, al.; οἱ ἐ, Ac 21:8Scroll for more

thusThus, so, in this manner.οὕτως, rarely (Bl., § 5, 4; WH, App., 146 f.) οὕτω, adv. (< οὗτος ), [in LXX chiefly for כֵּן;] in this way, so, thus; referring to what precedes: Mt 5:16 6:30, Mk 10:43 14:59, Lk 1:25 2:48 15:7, Jo 3:8, Ro 1:15, I Co 8:12, al.; οὕτως καί, Mt 17:12, Mk 13:29, al.; pleonastically, resuming a ptcp. (cl.; v. Bl., § 74, 6), Ac 20:11 27:17. Referring to what follows: Mt 1:18 6:9, Lk 19:31, Jo 21:1, I Pe 2:15; bef. quotations from OT, Mt 2:5, Ac 7:6, I Co 15:45, He 4:4. C. adj. (marking intensity): He 12:21, Re 16:18; similarly c. adv., Ga 1:6 (cl.). As a predicate (Bl., § 76, 1): Mt 1:18 9:33, Mk 2:1, 2 4:26, Ro 4:18 9:20, I Pe 2:15; οὕ ἔχειν (Lat. sic or ita se habere ), Ac 7:1, al.; ἐκαθέζετο (as he was, without delay or preparation), Jo 4:6. In comparison, with correlative adv.: καθάπερ... οὕ., Ro 12:4, 5 al.; καθὼς... οὕ., Lk 11:30, al.; οὕ.... καθώς, Lk 24:24, al.; ὡς... οὕ., Ro 5:15, al.; οὕ... ὡς, Mk 4:26, al; ὥσπερ... οὕ., Mt 12:40, al.; οὕ.... οὕ., I Co 7:7.Scroll for more

RomeRome, the famous city on the Tiber, the capital of the Roman Empire.Ῥώμη, -ης, ἡ Rome: Ac 18:2 19:21 23:11 28:14, 16, Ro 1:7, 15, II Ti 1:17.†Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 18:7

← Back to Numbers 22:36

← Back to 2 Chronicles 15:8

← Back to Psalms 27:14

← Back to Proverbs 27:9

← Back to John 11:20

← Back to Acts 2:10

← Back to Acts 15:3

← Back to Romans 6:17

← Back to Romans 15:32

Acts 28:15

15And from thence the brethren when they heard of us came to meet us as far as The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns whom when Paul saw he thanked God and took courage

Related verses (15)

And from thence

the

brethren

when they heard

The ASV does not translate this word.

came

meet

as far as

of Appius

The Market

and

Three

The … Taverns

whom

when … saw

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

he thanked

The ASV does not translate this word.

God

and took

courage

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

κἀκεῖθενkah-KAY-then

οἱhoy

ἀδελφοὶah-del-FOY

ἀκούσαντεςah-KOO-sahn-tes

τὰtah

περὶpeh-REE

ἡμῶνhay-MOHN

ἦλθανAYL-thahn

εἰςays

ἀπάντησινah-PAHN-tay-seen

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

ἄχριAH-chree

Ἀππίουah-PEE-oo

ΦόρουFOH-roo

καὶkai

Τριῶνtree-OHN

Ταβερνῶνtah-behr-NOHN

οὓςhoos

ἰδὼνee-DOHN

ὁhoh

ΠαῦλοςPOW-lohs

εὐχαριστήσαςyoo-chah-ree-STAY-sahs

τῷtoh

θεῷtheh-OH

ἔλαβεEH-lah-beh

θάρσοςTHAHR-sohs

The Pieces

κἀκεῖθενGreek adverb

οἱGreek article

ἀδελφοὶGreek noun, masculine

ἀκούσαντεςGreek verb

τὰGreek article

περὶGreek preposition

ἡμῶνGreek pronoun

ἦλθανGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

ἀπάντησινGreek noun, feminine

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

ἄχριGreek preposition

Ἀππίουname of a place

ΦόρουGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

ΤριῶνGreek adjective

Ταβερνῶνname of a place

οὓςGreek relative pronoun

ἰδὼν

ὁGreek article

Παῦλοςname of a person

εὐχαριστήσαςGreek verb

τῷGreek article

θεῷ

ἔλαβεGreek verb

θάρσοςGreek noun, neuter

What It Can Mean

and from thereAnd thence, and from there; and then afterwards.κἀκεῖθεν (by crasis for καὶ ἐκεῖθεν, and so sometimes written, v.s. ἐκεῖθεν ), of place, and from thence, and thence: Mk 9:30, Lk 11:53, Ac 7:4 14:26 16:12 20:15 21:1 27:4 28:15.†Scroll for more

to hearI hear, listen, comprehend by hearing; pass: is heard, reported.ἀκούω, [in LXX chiefly for שׁמע;] to hear, listen, attend, perceive by hearing, comprehend by hearing. Intrans.: Mk 4:3 7:37, Ja 2:5, Re 2:7, al.; τ. ὠσίν, Mt 13:15 (LXX); c. cogn. dat., ακοῇ ἀ. (v.s. ἀκοή ), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26 (LXX); ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ( οὖς ) ἀκούειν, ἀκουσάτω, Mt 11:15, Mk 4:23, Re 2:7, al. Trans., prop. c. acc. rei, of thing heard, gen. pers., from whom heard (LS, s.v.): Ac 1:4; c. acc. rei, Mt 12:19, Jo 3:8 (Abbott, JG, 76), Ac 22:9, al.; c. dupl. acc., Jo 12:18, I Co 11:18; c. gen. rei, Jo 7:40 (Abbott, JV, 116); τ. φωνῆς (cf. Heb. שָׁמַע בְּקֹול, Ex 18:19 ), Jo 5:25, 28 Ac 9:7 (on the distinction bet. this and ἀ. φωνήν, ib. 4, v. M, Pr., 66; Field, Notes, 117; Abbott, Essays, 93f.); of God answering prayer, Jo 9:31, I Jo 5:14, 15; c. acc. rei, seq. παρά, Jo 8:26, 40 Ac 10:22, II Ti 2:2; id. seq. ἀπό, I Jo 1:5; c. gen. pars. seq. ptcp., Mk 14:58, Lk 18:36, al. (On NT usage generally, v. Bl., §36, 5; Cremer, 82.)Scroll for more

of usἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

meetingThe act of meeting, to meet (a phrase seemingly almost technical for the reception of a newly arrived official).ἀπάντησις, -εως, ἡ (< ἀπαντάω ), [in LXX chiefly for לִקְרַאת;] usually with v.l., ὑπ-; a meeting; εἰς ἀ., c. gen. or dat., to meet: Mt 25:6 27:32 (WH, txt., omits), Ac 28:15, I Th 4:17 (v. M, Th., in l.; M, Pr., 14, 242; MM, VGT, s.v.; Lft., Notes, 69).†Scroll for more

untilAs far as, up to, until, during.ἄχρι (and Epic ἄχρις, bef. vowel (v. MM, s.v.), Ro 11:25 T, Ga 3:19 T, WH, mg., He 3:13 ); adv., utterly (Hom.). Prep. c. gen., until, unto, as far as; of time: Ac 3:21 22:22, Ro 1:13 5:13, I Co 4:11, II Co 3:14, Ga 4:2, Phl 1:6; ἄ. καιροῦ, Lk 4:13, Ac 13:11; ἄ. ἧς ἡμέρας, Mt 24:38, Lk 1:20 17:27, Ac 1:2 ( τῆς ἡ. ἧς ), Ac 1:22; ἄ. ταύτης τ. ἡμέρας ( τ. ἡ. ταύτης ), Ac 2:29 23:1 26:22; ἄ. ἡμερῶν πέντε, Ac 20:6; ἄ. αὐγῆς, Ac 20:11; ἄ. τοῦ νῦν, Ro 8:22, Phl 1:5; ἄ. τέλους, He 6:11, Re 2:26; of space: Ac 11:5 13:6 20:4 (R, txt., WH, mg.) 28:15, II Co 10:13, 14, He 4:12, Re 14:20 18:5; of measure or degree: ἄ. θανάτου, Ac 22:4, Re 2:10 12:11. As conj., until; ἄχρι alone: c. subj. aor., Ga 3:19 ( ἄ. οὗ T, WH, mg.); id. without ἄν (Bl., § 65, 10), Re 7:3 15:8 20:3, 5; c. indic. fut., Re 17:17; ἄ. οὗ (i.e. ἄ. τούτου ᾧ ): c. indic. aor., Ac 7:18; impf., 27:33; c. subj. aor. (Bl., ut supr.), Lk 21:24, Ro 11:25, I Co 11:26 15:25, Ga 3:19, T, WH, mg.; id. with ἄν, Re 2:25; c. indic. pres., while, He 3:13 (cf. μέχρι ).†Scroll for more

of AppiusThe township Appi Forum on the Appian Way, 43 Roman miles from Rome, was named.Ἄππιος, -ου, ὁ, Appius; Ἀππίου Φόρον, Appii Forum (Market of Appius), a town in Italy: Ac 28:15.†Scroll for more

Forum(of Latin origin), Forum, Market, Market-Town.*† φόρον, -ου, τό (Lat. forum ): Ἀππίου Φ., v.s. Ἄππιος.Scroll for more

ThreeThree.τρεῖς, οἱ, αἱ, τρία, τά three: Mt 12:40, al.; μετὰ τ. ἡμέρας = τῇ τρίτῃ ἡ., Mk 10:34, al. (cf. Field, Notes, 11 ff.)Scroll for more

TavernsTaverns; Three Taverns, the name of a village or town on the Appian Way, about thirty-three miles from Rome.*† ταβέρνη (Lat. taberna ), v.s. Τρεῖς Ταβέρναι.Scroll for more

to thankI thank, give thanks; pass. 3 sing: is received with thanks.** εὐχαριστέω, -ῶ [in LXX: Jth 8:25 Wi 18:2, II Mac 1:11 10:7 A II Mac 12:31 R, III Mac 7:16 *;] to be thankful, give thanks (chiefly in late writers and Inscr.; cf. Milligan, Th., 5; Ellic. on Col 1:12; Lft., Notes, 9): Ro 1:21, I Co 14:17, I Th 5:18; of giving thanks before meat, Mt 15:36 26:27, Mk 8:6 14:23, Lk 22:17, 19, Jo 6:11, 23, I Co 11:24; c. dat. pens., τ. θεῷ, Lk 17:16, Ac 27:35 28:15, Ro 14:6 16:4, I Co 14:18, Phl 1:3, Col 1:3, 12, Phm 4; seq. διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ, Ro 1:8 7:25, R, WH, mg., Col 3:17; ἐν ὀνόματι Χρ., Eph 5:20; seq. περί, I Th 1:2, II Th 1:3; ὅτι, Ro 1:8, II Th 2:13; ἐπι, c. dat. rei, I Co 1:4; ὐπέρ, I Co 10:30, Eph 1:16 5:20; ὅτι, Lk 18:11, Jo 11:41, I Co 1:14, I Th 2:13, Re 11:17; pass. (Deiss., BS, 122 f.), II Co 1:11.† SYN.: v.s. αἰνέω; and cf. Cremer, 903 fScroll for more

to take(a) I receive, get, (b) I take, lay hold of.λαμβάνω, [in LXX chiefly for לקח, also for נשׂא, לכד, אחז, etc.;] to take, lay hold of: absol., Mt 26:26, Mk 14:22; c. acc. rei, Mt 5:40 26:52, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Mt 21:35, Mk 12:3, al.; pleonastic λαβών (M, Pr., 230; Bl., §74, 2), Mt 13:31 14:19, al.; so also indic., Mk 7:27, Jo 19:1, 40, Re 8:5, al.; metaph., c. acc. rei, ἀφορμήν, Ro 7:8, 11; ὑδόδειγμα, Ja 5:10; id. c. acc. pers., φόβος, Lk 7:16; πνεῦμα, Lk 9:39; πειρασμός, I Co 10:13; aoristic pf. (M, Pr., 145, 238; Bl., § 59, 4), Re 5:7 8:5, al. to receive: absol., opp. to αἰτεῖν, Mt 7:8, al.; διδόναι, Mt 10:8, Ac 20:35; c. acc. rei, Mt 27:6, Mk 10:30, al. mult.; c. acc. pers., Jo 6:21 13:20 19:27, II Jo 10; ῥαπίσμασιν (a vulgarism; Bl., § 38, 3), Mk 14:65; metaph., τ. λόγον, Mt 13:20, Mk 4:16; τ. μαρτυρίαν, Jo 3:11; τ. ῥήματα, Jo 12:48; πρόσωπον (Heb. נָשָׂא פָּנִים, Dalman, Words, 30), Lk 20:21, Ga 2:6; ζωὴν αἰώνιον (Dalman, op. cit., 124 f.), Mk 10:30 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀντι-, συν-αντι- ( -μαι ), ἀπο-, ἐπι-, κατα-, μετα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, προ-, προσ-, συν-, συν-περι-, ὑπο-λαμβάνω ).Scroll for more

courage/confidenceCourage, confidence.θάρσος, -ους, τό, courage: Ac 28:15.†Scroll for more

← Back to 1 Samuel 23:17

← Back to Jeremiah 37:21

← Back to Jeremiah 38:13

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:5

← Back to 2 Corinthians 11:23

← Back to 2 Timothy 4:2

Acts 28:16

16And when we entered into Rome Paul was suffered to abide by himself with the soldier that guarded him

Related verses (15)

when

And

we entered

into

Rome

was suffered

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

to abide

himself

with

the

that guarded

him

soldier

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

ὍτεHOH-teh

δὲdeh

εἰσήλθομενay-SAYL-thoh-men

εἰςays

ῬώμηνROH-mayn

ἐπετράπηeh-peh-TRAH-pay

τῷtoh

ΠαύλῳPOW-loh

μένεινMEH-nayn

καθkahth

ἑαυτὸνheh-ow-TOHN

σὺνsoon

τῷtoh

φυλάσσοντιfoo-LAH-sohn-tee

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

στρατιώτῃstrah-tee-OH-tay

The Pieces

ὍτεGreek conjunction

δὲGreek conjunction

εἰσήλθομενGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

Ῥώμηνname of a place

ἐπετράπηGreek verb

τῷGreek article

Παύλῳname of a person

μένεινGreek verb

καθGreek preposition

ἑαυτὸνGreek reflexive pronoun

σὺνGreek preposition

τῷGreek article

φυλάσσοντιGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

στρατιώτῃGreek noun, masculine

What It Can Mean

whenWhen, at which time.ὅτε, temporal particle (correlat. of πότε, τότε ), when; c. indic., (so generally in cl., but also c. optat., subjc.; LS, s.v.), most freq. c. aor., Mt 9:25, Mk 1:32, Lk 4:25, Jo 1:19, Ac 1:13, Ro 13:11, Ga 1:15, Re 1:17, al.; c. impf., Mk 14:12, Jo 21:18, Ro 6:20, I Th 3:4, al.; c. pf., since, now that, I Co 13:11 (B, ἐγένόμην ); c. praes., Mk 11:1, Jo 9:4, He 9:17; c. fut. (Hom.; of a def. fut. as opp. to the indef. fut. of ὅταν c. subjc.), Lk 17:22, Jo 4:21, 23 5:25 16:25, Ro 2:16 (T, txt., WH, mg.), II Ti 4:3 (in all which instances, and c. pres., Jo 9:4, ὅ. follows a subst. of time, and is equiv. to a rel. phrase, ἐν ᾧ or ᾗ ).Scroll for more

RomeRome, the famous city on the Tiber, the capital of the Roman Empire.Ῥώμη, -ης, ἡ Rome: Ac 18:2 19:21 23:11 28:14, 16, Ro 1:7, 15, II Ti 1:17.†Scroll for more

to permitI turn to, commit, entrust; I allow, yield, permit.ἐπι-τρέπω [in LXX (usually with v.l. ἐπιστρ- ): Ge 39:6 ( עָזַב ), etc.;] to turn to, commit, entrust. to yield, permit: I Co 16:7, He 6:3; c. dat. pers., Mk 5:13, Jo 19:38; id. c. inf. (cf. M, Pr., 205), Mt 8:21 19:8, Lk 8:32 9:52, 61 Ac 21:39, 40 27:3, I Ti 2:12; c. inf., Mk 10:4. Pass., c. dat. et inf., Ac 26:1 28:16, I Co 14:34.†Scroll for more

to stayI remain, abide, stay, wait; with acc: I wait for, await.μένω, [in LXX for עמד, קוּם etc.;] to stay, abide, remain. Intrans.; of place: seq. ἐν, Lk 8:27, al.; παρά, c. dat. pers., Jo 1:40, al; σύν, Lk 1:56; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16; c. adv., ἐκεῖ, Mt 10:11; ὧδε, Mt 26:38; metaph., I Jo 2:18; of the Holy Spirit, Jo 1:32, 33 14:17; of Christ, Jo 6:56 15:4, al.; ὁ θεός, I Jo 4:15, conversely, of Christians, Jo 6:56 15:4, I Jo 4:15, al.; ὁ λόγος τ. θεοῦ, I Jo 2:14; ἡ ἀλήθεια, II Jo 2, al. Of time; of persons: Phl 1:25; seq. εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Jo 12:34, He 7:24, I Jo 2:17; ὀλίγον, Re 17:10; ἕως ἔρχομαι, Jo 21:22, 23; of things, lasting or enduring: cities, Mt 11:23, He 13:14; λόγος θεοῦ, I Pe 1:23; ἁμαρτία, Jo 9:41. Of condition: c. pred., μόνος, Jo 12:24; ἄγαμος, I Co 7:11; πιστός, II Ti 2:13; ἱερεύς, He 7:3; c. adv., οὕτως, I Co 7:40; ὡς κἀγώ, I Co 7:8; seq. ἐν, 1 Co 7:20, 24. Trans. (Bl., §34, 1; Field, Notes, 132): c. acc. pers., Ac 20:5, 23 (cf. ἀνα-, δια-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, κατα-, παρα-, συν-παρα-, περι-, προσ-, ὑπο-μένω ).Scroll for more

according toGen: against, down from, throughout, by; acc: over against, among, daily, day-by-day, each day, according to, by way of.κατά (bef. a vowel κατ’, καθ’; on the freq. neglect of elision, v. Tdf., Pr., 95; WH, App., 146 a ), prep. c. gen., acc., down, downwards. C. gen. (WM, § 47, k; Bl., § 42, 2). C. gen. rei, in local sense; down, down from: Mt 8:32, Mk 5:13, Lk 8:33, I Co 11:4; throughout (late usage; Bl., § 42, 2): κ. ὅλης κ.τ.λ., Lk 4:14 23:5, Ac 9:31 10:37; in a peculiar adjectival phrase: ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία, deep or extreme poverty, II Co 8:2. C. gen. pers., usually in hostile sense; against (in cl. only after verbs of speaking, witnessing, etc.): opp. to ὑπέρ, Mk 9:40; μετά, Mt 12:30; after ἐπιθυμεῖν, Ga 5:17; λαλεῖν, Ac 6:13; διδάσκειν, Ac 21:28; ψεύδεσθαι, Ja 3:14; after verbs of accusing, etc., Mt 5:23, Lk 23:14, Ro 8:33, al.; verbs of fighting, prevailing, etc., Mt 10:35, Ac 14:2, I Co 4:6, al.; of swearing, by: ὄμνυμι κ. (Bl., § 34, 1), He 6:13, 16, cf. Mt 26:63. C. acc. (WM, § 49 d; Bl., § 42, 2). Of motion or direction; through, throughout: Lk 8:39 9:6 10:4, Ac 8:1, 36, al.; to, towards, over against: Lk 10:32 (Field, Notes, 62), Ac 2:10 16:7, Ga 2:11, Phl 3:14, al.; in adverbial phrases, at, in, by, of: κατ’ οἶκον, at home, Ac 2:46; κατ’ ἰδίαν (v.s. ἴδιος ); καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ro 14:22, Ja 2:17; c. pron. pers., Ac 17:28 18:15, Ro 1:15, Eph 1:15, al. Of time, at, during, about: Ac 8:26 12:1 19:23, Ro 9:9, He 1:10, al. Distributive; of place: κ. τόποὐς, Mt 24:7, al.; κ. πόλιν, Lk 8:1, 4, al.; κ. ἐκκλησίαν, Ac 14:23; of time: κ. ἔτος, Lk 2:41; ἑορτήν, Mt 27:15, al.; of numbers, etc.: καθ’ ἕνα πάντες, I Co 14:31 (on καθ’ εἷς, v.s. εἷς ); κ. ἑκατόν, Mk 6:40; κ. μέρος, He 9:5; κ. ὄνομα, Jo 10:3. Of fitness, reference, conformity, etc.; in relation to, concerning: Ro 1:3, 4 7:22 9:3, 5, I Co 1:26 10:18, Phl 1:12; κ. πάντα, Ac 17:22, Col 3:20, 22, He 2:17 4:15; according to, after, like: Mk 7:5, Lk 2:27, 29, Jo 7:24, Ro 8:4 14:15, Eph 2:2, Col 2:8, Ja 2:8, al. In composition, κ. denotes, down, down from ( καταβαίνω, etc.), hence, metaph.; victory or rule over ( καταδουλόω, -κυριεύω, etc.); "perfective" action (M, Pr., 111 ff.). under ( κατακαλύπτω, etc.). in succession ( καθεξῆς ). after, behind ( καταλείπω ). Hostility, against ( καταλαλέω ).Scroll for more

themselfHimself, herself, itself.ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, dat. -ῷ, etc., acc. -όν, etc., pi. -ῶν, etc. (Att. contr. αὑτοῦ, etc); reflex pron.; prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se ), of himself, herself, itself, etc.: Mt 27:42, Mk 15:31, Lk 23:35, al.; added to a middle verb, διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, Jo 19:24; to an active verb, Ac 14:14 (M, Pr., 157); ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ, Lk 12:57 21:30, Jo 5:19, al. (v.s. ἀπό ); δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, Ro 14:14; ἐν ἑ., Mt 3:9, Mk 5:30, al.; εἰς ἑ., Lk 15:17; καθ’ ἑαυτόν, Ac 28:16, Ja 2:17; παρ’ ἑαυτῷ, at his own house, I Co 16:2; πρὸς ἑ., with, to himself, Lk 18:11; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; v. M, Pr., 87f.), τ. ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, Lk 9:60. As reflexive 1st and 2nd pers. (so also freq. in cl., chiefly poetry), Mt 23:31, Mk 9:50, Ro 8:23, I Th 2:8, al. In pl., for reciprocal pron., ἀλλήλων, -οις, -ους, of one another, etc.: Mt 21:38, Mk 16:3, Eph 5:19, al.Scroll for more

withWith.σύν (old Att. ξύν ), prep. c. dat., expressing association, fellowship and inclusion. It gradually gave way to μετά, c. gen. (cf. LS, s.v.; Bl., § 41, 3), and is therefore comparatively infrequent in NT, being rare in Mt 4, Mk 6, Jo 3, and elsewhere (exx. Ja 1:11, II Pe 1:18 ) only in Lk (Gosp. and Ac) and Paul. With, together with: of companionship and association, Lk 2:13, Jo 21:3, Ac 10:23, al.; εἶναι σύν τινι, Lk 7:12, Ac 4:13, Phl 1:23, al.; of partisanship, Ac 4:13; οἱ σύν τινι (ὄντες), of attendants, companions or colleagues, Mk 2:26, Lk 5:9, Ac 5:17, al.; of assistance, ἡ χάρις τ. θεοῦ σὺν ἐμοί, I Co 15:10; of two or more things together, almost = καί, Lk 23:11, Ac 3:4 10:2 14:5 23:15, Eph 3:18; σὺν Χριστῷ ζῆν, II Co 13:4; besides (FlJ, LXX), σὺν πᾶσι τούτοις, Lk 24:21. In composition: with ( συνχαίρω ), together ( συνωδίνω ), altogether ( συντελέω ).Scroll for more

to keep/guard: observe(a) I guard, protect; mid: I am on my guard, (b) act. and mid. of customs and regulations: I keep, observe.φυλάσσω [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for שָׁמַר, also for נָצַר, etc.;] to guard, watch; to guard or watch: c. cogn. acc., φυλακάς, Lk 2:8; c. acc. pers., Ac 12:4 28:16; pass., Lk 8:29, Ac 23:35; c. acc. rei, Ac 22:20; to guard or protect: c. acc., Lk 11:21, Jo 12:25 17:12, II Th 3:3, I Ti 6:20, II Ti 1:12, 14, II Pe 2:5; ἑαυτὸν ἀπό, I Jn 5:21 (Westc., in l.); metaph. of law, precept, etc., to keep, preserve, observe: Mt 19:20, Lk 11:28 18:21, Jo 12:47, Ac 7:53 16:4 21:24, Ro 2:26, Ga 6:13, I Ti 5:21. Mid., to be on one's guard (against), keep oneself from, beware of: c. acc., Ac 21:25, II Ti 4:15; seq. ἀπό., Lk 12:15; ἵνα μή, II Pe 3:17; as in LXX ( Ex 12:17, Le 18:4, al.), of laws, etc., to keep, observe: ταῦτα πάντα, Mk 10:20 (cf. δια-φυάσσω ).† SYN.: τηρέω, q.vScroll for more

soldierA soldier.στρατιώτης, -ου, ὁ [in LXX; II Ki 23:8 B 1, II Mac 5:12 14:39, III Mac 3:12; IV Mac 3 *;] a soldier: Mt 8:9, Mk 15:16, Jo 19:2, Ac 10:7, al.; metaph., σ. Χριστοῦ Ἰησ., II Ti 2:3.†Scroll for more

← Back to Ephesians 3:1

← Back to Philippians 1:13

Acts 28:17

17And it came to pass that after three days he called together those that were the chief of the Jews and when they were come together he said unto them I brethren though I had done nothing against the people or the customs of our fathers yet was delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans

Related verses (6)

it came to pass

And

after

days

three

that … called together

those

that were

of the

Jews

the chief

when … were come together

and

they

he said

unto

them

The ASV does not translate this word.

brethren

nothing

against

though I had done … yet

the

people

the

customs

The ASV does not translate this word.

of our fathers

prisoner

from

Jerusalem

was delivered

into

the

hands

of the

Romans

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Card 32

Card 33

Card 34

Card 35

Card 36

Card 37

Card 38

Card 39

Card 40

Ἐγένετοeh-GEH-neh-toh

δὲdeh

μετὰmeh-TAH

ἡμέραςhay-MEH-rahs

τρεῖςtrays

συγκαλέσασθαιsoon-kah-LEH-sah-sthai

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

τοὺςtoos

ὄνταςOHN-tahs

τῶνtohn

Ἰουδαίωνee-oo-DAI-ohn

πρώτουςPROH-toos

συνελθόντωνsoo-nel-THOHN-tohn

δὲdeh

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

ἔλεγενEH-leh-gen

πρὸςprohs

αὐτούςow-TOOS

Ἐγώeh-GOH

ἄνδρεςAHN-dres

ἀδελφοίah-del-FOY

οὐδὲνoo-DEN

ἐναντίονeh-nahn-TEE-ohn

ποιήσαςpoy-AY-sahs

τῷtoh

λαῷlah-OH

ἢay

τοῖςtoys

ἔθεσιEH-theh-see

τοῖςtoys

πατρῴοιςpah-TROH-oys

δέσμιοςDEH-smee-ohs

ἐξeks

Ἱεροσολύμωνhee-eh-roh-soh-LOO-mohn

παρεδόθηνpah-reh-DOH-thayn

εἰςays

τὰςtahs

χεῖραςCHAY-rahs

τῶνtohn

Ῥωμαίωνroh-MAI-ohn

The Pieces

ἘγένετοGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

μετὰGreek preposition

ἡμέραςGreek noun, feminine

τρεῖςGreek adjective

συγκαλέσασθαιGreek verb

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

τοὺςGreek article

ὄνταςGreek verb

τῶνGreek article

Ἰουδαίωνname of a people descended from a person

πρώτουςGreek adjective

συνελθόντωνGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

ἔλεγενGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτούςGreek reflexive pronoun

ἘγώGreek pronoun

ἄνδρεςGreek noun, masculine

ἀδελφοίGreek noun, masculine

οὐδὲνGreek adjective

ἐναντίονGreek adjective

ποιήσαςGreek verb

τῷGreek article

λαῷGreek noun, masculine

ἢGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

ἔθεσιGreek noun, neuter

τοῖςGreek article

πατρῴοιςGreek adjective

δέσμιοςGreek noun, masculine

ἐξGreek preposition

Ἱεροσολύμωνname of a place

παρεδόθηνGreek verb

εἰςGreek preposition

τὰςGreek article

χεῖραςGreek noun, feminine

τῶνGreek article

Ῥωμαίωνname of a people of a place

What It Can Mean

to beI come into being, am born, become, come about, happen.

ThreeThree.τρεῖς, οἱ, αἱ, τρία, τά three: Mt 12:40, al.; μετὰ τ. ἡμέρας = τῇ τρίτῃ ἡ., Mk 10:34, al. (cf. Field, Notes, 11 ff.)Scroll for more

to call togetherI call together.συν-καλέω (Rec. συγκ- ), -ῶ, [in LXX for קרא;] to call together: c. acc., Mk 15:16, Lk 15:6, 9 (v.l. -εῖται, v. B1., § 55, 1), Ac 5:21. Mid., to call together to oneself: Lk 9:1 (and v.l. in 15:6, 9 v. supr.) 23:13, Ac 10:24 28:17.†Scroll for more

beingεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

JewJewish.Ἰουδαῖος, -αία, -αῖον (< Ἰούδας ), Jewish: ἀνήρ, Ac 10:28 22:3; ἄνθρωπος, Ac 21:39; ψευδοπροφήτης, 13:6; ἀσχιερεύς, 19:14; γυνή, 16:1 24:24; γῆ, Jo 3:22; χώρα, Mk 1:5. Substantively, Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jew: Jo 4:9, Ac 18:24, Ro 2:28; pl., Re 2:9 3:9; οἱ Ἰ., Mt 2:2, Mk 7:3, Jo 2:6, al.; Ἰ. τε καὶ Ἕλληνες, Ac 14:1, al.; κ. προσήλυτοι, Ac 2:10; ἔθνη τε κ. Ἰ., Ac 14:5; οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη Ἰ., Ac 21:21; of Jewish Christians, Ga 2:13; of the ruling class who opposed Jesus, Jo 1:19 2:18 5:10 11:8 13:33, al.; Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ (sc. γῆ, χώρα, cf. Jo 3:22, Mk 1:5 ), (Heb. יְהוּדָה ), Judæa: Mt 2:1, Lk 1:5, Jo 4:3, al.Scroll for more

to assembleI come or go with, accompany; I come together, assemble.συν-έρχομαι [in LXX for הלךְ, בּוֹא, אסף ni., etc.;] (cl.) to come together, assemble: Mk 3:20 14:53, T, WH, txt., Ac 1:6 2:6 10:27 16:13 19:32 21:22 22:30 28:17, I Co 14:26; seq. εἰς, c. acc loc., Ac 5:16; ἐπὶ τ. αὐτό, I Co 11:20 14:23; c. dat. pers., Mk 14:53, WH, mg., R ( πρὸς αὐτόν, v. Field, Notes, 40), Jo 11:33; ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ, I Co 11:18; ἐνθάδε, Ac 25:17; αὐτοῦ, Mk 6:33, WH, mg. (cf. WH, Intr., 95 ff.); ὅπου, Jo 18:20; c. inf., Lk 5:15; εἰς τ. φαγεῖν, I Co 11:33; εἰς τ. ἧσσον, I Co 11:17, 34; of sexual intercourse (Xen., al.; γυναικί or absol.), Mt 1:18. In later sense (v. exx. in Milligan, Selections, 64, 105), to accompany: c. dat. pers., Lk 23:55, Ac 1:21 9:39 10:23, 45 11:12; seq. σύν, Ac 21:16; εἰς, Ac 15:38.†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

I/weI, the first-person pronoun.ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

manA male human being; a man, husband.ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, freq. אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc.;] a man, Lat. vir. As opp. to a woman, Ac 8:12, I Ti 2:12; as a husband, Mt 1:16, Jo 4:16, Ro 7:2, Tit 1:6. As opp. to a boy or infant, I Co 13:11, Eph 4:13, Ja 3:2. In appos. with a noun or adj., as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Lk 5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; freq. in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Ac 1:16; and esp. with gentilic names, as ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος, Ac 22:3; ἀ. Ἐφέσιοι, 19:35. In general, a man, a male person: = τις, Lk 8:41, Ac 6:11. SYN.: ἄνθρωπος, q.v. (cf. MM, VGT, s.v.).Scroll for more

hostileOpposite, opposed, contrary; the adversary.ἐν-αντίος, -α, -ον (< ἀντίος, set against ), [in LXX: ἐξ ἐναντίας, for נֶגֶד, etc.; ἐναντίον, for לִפְנֵי etc.;] over against, opposite, contrary: ἄνεμος, Mt 14:24, Mk 6:48, Ac 27:4; ἐξ ἐναντίας (ellipse obscure, v. Bl., § 44,1; Mozley, Ps 42:1-11 ), c. gen., Mk 15:39. Metaph., opposed, hostile: I Th 2:15, Ac 26:9 28:17; ὁ ἐξ ἐ., Tit 2:8. Neuter., -ίον, adv., as prep. c. gen., before, in the presence of: Lk 1:6 20:26 24:19 Ac 7:10 ( ἔναντι, T), Ac 8:32 (LXX).†Scroll for more

to do/make: do(a) I make, manufacture, construct, (b) I do, act, cause.ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] to make, produce, create, cause: c. acc. rei, Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 9:11, Ac 9:39, Ro 9:20, al.; of God as Creator (c. acc. pers. also), Mt 19:4, Mk 10:6, Lk 11:40, Ac 4:24, He 1:2, al.; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mt 20:12 (cf. Ru 2:19; so AV, but v. infr.), Re 13:5, R, mg. (but v. infr.); σκάνδαλα, Ro 16:17; εἰρήνην, Eph 2:15, Ja 3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Ac 24:12; συστροφήν, Ac 23:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Lk 1:68, Ac 15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι ), to go on, advance, Mk 2:23; πόλεμον, Re 11:7, al.; ἐκδίκησιν, Lk 18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Ac 25:3; κρίσιν, Jo 5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jo 5:36, al.; σημεῖα ( τέρατα καὶ σ. ), Jo 2:23 and freq., Ac 2:22, al.; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jo 14:23; πορείαν, Lk 13:22; κοινωνίαν, Ro 15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mk 6:21, al.; δοχήν, Lk 5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mt 22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mt 20:12, RV (but v. supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Re 13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l.; but v. supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Ja 4:13; c. acc. seq. ἐκ, Jo 2:15, al.; c. acc. et acc. pred., Mt 3:3 12:16, Mk 1:3 3:12, Jo 5:11, al.; c. adv., καλῶς, Mk 7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem., Ex 23:16, al.), Ac 18:21, Rec.; πάσχα, Mt 26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat., Xen., al.; Jb 42:8, III Ki 11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Lk 22:19, but v. Abbott, Essays, 110 ff.); seq. ἵνα (WM, 422 f.; M, Pr., 228), Jo 11:37, Col 4:16, Re 3:9. to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol., c. adv., καλῶς π., Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:19; id. seq. ptcp. (cl.; v. M, Pr., 228), Ac 10:33, Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jo 6; οὕτως, Mt 24:46, Lk 9:15, al.; ὡς ( καθώς ), Mt 1:24 21:6, al.; ὁμοίως, Lk 3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mt 20:5; c. ptcp., ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, I Ti 1:13; c. acc. rei: τί interrog., Mt 12:3, Mk 2:25, Lk 6:2, al.; τοῦτο, Mt 13:28, Mk 5:32, Lk 22:19 (WH om.; v. supr., ref. to Abbott, Essays ), Ro 7:20, al.; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl., to make a law), Jo 7:19, Ga 5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos 22:5, I Ch 22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mt 5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mt 6:1, al.; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jo 3:21, al., etc.; c. dupl. acc., Mt 27:22, Mk 15:12; c. acc. rei et dat. pers. (commod., incomm.; rare in cl.), Mt 7:12, Mk 5:19, 20, Lk 1:49, Jo 9:26, al. SYN.: πράσσω, q.v. The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr., Syn., § xcvi; Westc. on Jo 3:21; ICC on Ro 1:32 ).Scroll for more

a people(a) a people, characteristically of God's chosen people, first the Jews, then the Christians, (b) sometimes, but rarely, the people, the crowd.λαός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX very freq. for עַם, Ge 14:16, al.; occasionally for לְאֹם ( Ge 25:23, al.), etc.;] a word rarely found in Att. prose; the people at large (Hom., al.), esp. of people assembled: Mt 27:25, Lk 1:21 3:15 al.; pl. (Hom., al., π.; v. MM, xvi), Ac 4:27. a people, those of the same race and language (Pind., Æsch., al.: in LXX, Ge 26:11, Ex 9:16, al.): joined with γλῶσσα, φυλή, ἔθνος, Re 5:9 7:9 11:9, al.; pl., Lk 2:31, Ro 15:11; esp. as almost always in LXX, of Israel, Mt 4:23, Mk 7:6, Lk 2:10, Jo 11:50, He 2:17, al.; opp. to τ. ἔθνη, Ac 26:17, 23, Ro 15:10; οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ( πρῶτοι, etc.) τοῦ λ., Mt 21:23, Lk 19:17, Ac 4:8, al.; ὁ λ. μου ( αὐτοῦ, τ. θεοῦ ), Mt 2:6, Lk 1:68, He 11:25, al.; of the people disting. from the rulers and priests ( I Es 1:10, Jth 8:9, al.), Mt 26:5, Lk 20:19, He 5:3, al.; of Christians, as the people of God, Ac 15:14, Ro 9:25, 26, He 4:9; περιούσιος, Tit 2:14; εἰς περιποίησιν, I Pe 2:9 (LXX). SYN.: v.s. δῆμος.Scroll for more

customA custom, habit; an institute, rite.** ἔθος, -εος (-ους), τό (< ἔθω ), [in LXX: Wi 14:16, Da TH Bel 15, I Mac 10:89, II Mac 11:25 13:4, IV Mac 18:5 א R*;] habit, custom; Lk 22:39, Jo 19:40, Ac 16:21 25:16, He 10:25; in Lk 1:9 2:42, Ac 6:14 15:1 21:21 26:3 28:17, almost in the narrower sense of law (Deiss., BS, 251 f.).†Scroll for more

ancestralHereditary, received from fathers.πατρῷος, -α, -ον (< πατήρ ), [in LXX: Pr 27:10 ( אָב ), II Es 7:5, II-IV Mac 12 *;] of one's fathers, received from one's fathers: Ac 22:3 24:14 28:17.†Scroll for more

prisonerOne bound, a prisoner.δέσμιος, -ον (also -α, -ον; < δεσμός ), [in LXX for אסר;] binding. bound, captive; ὁ δ., as subst., a prisoner: Mt 27:15, 16, Mk 15:6, Ac 16:25, 27 23:18 25:14, 27 28:16 (Rec.) 17, He 10:34 13:3; ὁ δ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Eph 3:1, II Ti 1:8, Phm 1, 9; ὁ δ. ἐν κυρίῳ, Eph 4:1.†Scroll for more

JerusalemThe Greek form of the Hebrew name: Jerusalem.Ἱεροσόλυμα (WH, Ἰερ-, v. Intr., § 408), -ων, τά (on πᾶσα Ἱ., Mt 2:3, v. WM, 79 4; M, Pr., 48, 244; Thayer, s.v.), and Ἱερουσαλήμ (WH, Ἰερ- ), ἡ., indecl., as always in LXX exc. some parts of Apocr. (Heb. יְרוּשָׁלַיִם, יְרוּשָׁלֵם ), the former always in FlJ, Mk, Jo ev. and Mt (exc. Mt 27:37 ), and most freq. in Lk, the latter always in He, Re, and by St. Paul (exc. Ga 1:17, 18 2:1 ), Jerusalem: Mt 2:1, Mk 3:8, Jo 1:19, al.; its inhabitants, Mt 2:3 3:5 23:37, Lk 13:34. Symbolically, ἡ- ἄνω Ἱ., Ga 4:26, contrasted with ἡ νῦν Ἱ., Ga 4:25; Ἱ. ἐπουράνιος, He 12:22; ἡ καινὴ Ἱ., Re 3:12 21:2, 10.Scroll for more

to deliverI hand over, pledge, hand down, deliver, commit, commend, betray, abandon.παρα-δίδωμι, [in LXX chiefly for נתן;] correl. to παρδέχομαι, to give or hand over to another: c. acc. et dat., Mt 11:27 25:14, Lk 4:6, al.; of being delivered up to a course of teaching, pass. seq. εἰς, Ro 6:17. to commit, commend: Ac 14:26 15:40, I Pe 2:23. to give or deliver up to prison or judgment: c. acc. pers., Mt 4:12, Mk 1:14, Ro 4:25, II Pe 2:4; id. seq. ὑπέρ, Ro 8:32; c. dat., Mt 5:25, Mk 15:1, Lk 12:58, Jo 19:11, al.; id. seq. ἵνα, Jo 19:16; c. inf., Ac 12:4; seq. εἰς, Mt 10:17 17:22 24:9, Lk 21:12, Ac 8:3, II Co 4:11, al.; τ. Σατανᾷ, I Ti 1:20; id. seq. εἰς ὄλεθρον σαρκός, I Co 5:5; with the collat. idea of treachery (= προδίδωμι ), c. acc. pers., Mt 26:16, Mk 14:11, Jo 6:64, al.; id. c. dat., Mt 26:15, al.; pres. ptcp., ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτόν, Mt 26:25, Mk 14:42, Jo 13:11. to hand down, hand on or deliver verbally (traditions, commands, etc.): Mk 7:13, Lk 1:2, Ac 6:14, I Co 11:2 15:2; pass., II Pe 2:21, Ju 3. to permit (for exx. in cl., v. LS, s.v.): Mk 4:29.Scroll for more

RomanRoman; subst: a Roman citizen.Ῥωμαῖος, -α, -ον Roman: Jo 11:48, Ac 2:10 (RV, from Rome ), Ac 16:21, 37, 38 22:25-27, 29 23:27 25:16 28:17.†Scroll for more

← Back to Jeremiah 37:20

← Back to Acts 25:10

← Back to Acts 26:31

← Back to Acts 26:32

Acts 28:18

18who when they had examined me desired to set me at liberty because there was no cause of death in me

Related verses (4)

Acts 22:24-25, 30 | Acts 24:10, 22 | Acts 25:7-8 | Acts 26:31

who

when they had examined

desired

to set me at liberty

because

The ASV does not translate this word.

cause

of death

there was

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

οἵτινεςHOY-tee-nes

ἀνακρίναντέςah-nah-KREE-nahn-tes

μεmeh

ἐβούλοντοeh-BOO-lohn-toh

ἀπολῦσαιah-poh-LOO-sai

διὰdee-AH

τὸtoh

μηδεμίανmay-deh-MEE-ahn

αἰτίανai-TEE-ahn

θανάτουthah-NAH-too

ὑπάρχεινhoo-PAHR-chayn

ἐνen

ἐμοίeh-MOY

The Pieces

οἵτινεςGreek relative pronoun

ἀνακρίναντέςGreek verb

μεGreek pronoun

ἐβούλοντοGreek verb

ἀπολῦσαιGreek verb

διὰGreek preposition

τὸGreek article

μηδεμίανGreek adjective

αἰτίανGreek noun, feminine

θανάτουGreek noun, masculine

ὑπάρχεινGreek verb

ἐνGreek preposition

ἐμοίGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

who/whichWhosoever, whichsoever, whatsoever.ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (also written ὅ, τι and ὅτι; v. LS, s.v.; WH, § 411; Tdf., Pr., 111), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91), the only instance of the oblique cases being found in ἕως ὅτου (v.s. ἕως ), relative of indef. reference (related to simple ὅς as Lat. quisquis to qui ), whoever, anyone who; of an indef. person or thing: in general statements, Mt 5:39, 41 13:12, and freq., Lk 14:27, Ga 5:4, al.; in relative sentences, Mt 7:26, Lk 15:7, Phl 3:7, al.; πᾶς ὅ., c. indic., Mt 7:24 10:32; ὅ ἄν ( ἐάν ), c. subjc., Mt 12:50 13:12, Jo 14:13, I Co 16:2, Ga 5:10, al.; of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, "either generic, which, as other like things, or essential, which by its very nature " (Hort on I Pe 2:11 ), who is such as: Mt 2:6 7:26, Lk 2:10 7:37, Jo 8:53, Ac 7:53, Ro 6:2, I Co 3:17, Ga 4:24, Eph 1:23, al.; where the relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr., 92), seeing that he ( it, they ), and he ( it, they ): Lk 8:3 10:42, Ac 10:47 11:28, Phl 4:3, al.; as in Ionic and late Greek (Bl., § 50, 1; M, Pr., 91), differing but little from ὅς: Lk 2:4 9:30, Ac 17:10, Re 12:13.Scroll for more

to investigateI examine, inquire into, investigate, question.ἀνα-κρίνω [in LXX: I Ki 20:12 ( חקר ), Da LXX Su 13, Da LXX TH Su 48, 51 *;] to examine, investigate, question (Lft., Notes, 181 f.): Ac 17:11, I Co 2:14, 15 4:3, 4 9:3 10:25 10:27 14:24; in forensic sense (MM, VGT, s.v.; esp. of examination by torture; v. Field, Notes, 120 f.), Lk 23:14, Ac 4:9 12:19 24:8 28:18.† SYN.: v.s. ἐξετάζω.Scroll for more

meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to planI will, intend, desire, wish.βούλομαι, [in LXX for חפץ, אבה, יעץ, etc.;] to will, wish, desire, purpose, be minded, implying more strongly than θέλω (q.v.), the deliberate exercise of volition (v. Hort on Ja 1:18 ): c. inf. (M, Pr., 205; Bl., §69, 4), Mk 15:15, Ac 5:28, 33 12:4 15:37 17:20 18:15, 27 19:30 22:30 23:28 27:43 28:18, II Co 1:15, I Ti 6:9, He 6:17, II Jo 12, III Jo 10, Ju 5; c. acc., II Co 1:17; c. acc. et inf., Phl 1:12, I Ti 2:8 5:14, Tit 3:8, II Pe 3:9; of the will making choice between alternatives, Mt 1:19 11:27, Lk 10:22, Ac 25:20, I Co 12:11, Ja 3:4 4:4; εἰ βούλει (cl., a courteous phrase = θέλεις, colloq.; Bl., §21, 8; LS, s.v.), Lk 22:42; c. subjc., adding force to a question of deliberation (Bl., §64, 6), Jo 18:39; βουληθείς, of set purpose (v. Hort, in l.), Ja 1:18; impf., ἐβουλόμην (= cl. βουλοίμην ἄν; Bl., §63, 5; Lft., Phm. 13), Ac 25:22, Phm 13 (v. also Cremer, 143).†Scroll for more

to release: releaseI release, let go, send away, divorce, am rid; mid: I depart.ἀπο-λύω, [in LXX for שׁוּב, etc., freq. in I-IV Mac;] to set free, release: Lk 13:12, Jo 19:10, al.; a debtor, Mt 18:27; metaph., of forgiveness, Lk 6:37. to let go, dismiss (Field, Notes, 9 f.): Mt 15:23, Lk 2:29 9:12, Ac 19:41, al.; of divorce, τ. γυναῖκα: Mt 1:19 5:31, 32 19:3, 8, 9, Mk 10:2, 4, 11, Lk 16:18; with ref. to Gk. and Rom. (net Jewish) custom, τ. ἄνδρα: Mk 10:12. Mid., to depart: Ac 28:25 (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

cause/chargeA cause, reason, excuse; a charge, accusation; guilt; circumstances, case.αἰτία, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX: Ge 4:13 ( עָוֹן ), Pr 28:17 ( עָשַׁק ), and freq. in Wi, II, III Mac;] cause, reason, occasion, case: Mt 19:3, Lk 8:47, Ac 10:21 22:24 28:20, II Ti 1:6, 12, Tit 1:13, He 2:11; εἰ οὕτως ἐστιν ἡ αἰ. (cf. Lat. si ita res se habet, and v. MM. VGT, s.v.), Mt 19:10. In forensic sense, accusation: Ac 25:18, 27; cause for punishment, crime: Mt 27:37, Mk 15:26, Jo 18:38 19:4, 6, Ac 13:28 23:28 28:18.† SYN.: ἔλεγχος, a charge, whether moral or judicial, which has been proven, αἰ. is an accusation simply, false or true.Scroll for more

deathDeath, physical or spiritual.θάνατος, -ου, ὁ ( θνήσκω ), [in LXX chiefly for מָוֶת,מוּת, sometimes דֶּבֶר;] death; of the death of the body, whether natural or violent: Jo 11:13, Phl 2:27, He 7:23, al; opp. to ζωή, Ro 8:38, Phl 1:20; of the death of Christ, Ro 5:10, Phl 3:10, He 2:9; ῥυέσθαι (σώζειν) ἐκ θ., II Co 1:10, He 5:7; περίλυπος ἕως θανάτου, Mt 26:38, Mk 14:34; μέχρι (ἄχρι) θ., Phl 2:8, Re 2:10; πληγὴ θανάτου, a deadly wound, Re 13:3; ἰδεῖν θάνατον, Lk 2:26, He 11:5; γεύεσθαι θανάτου, Mk 9:1; ἔνοχος θανάτου, Mk 14:64; θανάτῳ τελευτᾶν ( Ex 21:17, מוּת יוּמָת ), Mk 7:10; death personified, Ro 6:9, I Co 15:26, Re 21:4; pl., of deadly perils, II Co 11:23. Of spiritual death: Jo 5:24 8:51, Ro 7:10, Ja 1:15 5:20, I Jo 3:14 5:16, al.; of eternal death, Ro 1:32 7:5, al.; ὁ θ. ὁ δεύτερος, Re 2:11 21:8 (cf. Cremer, 283 ff.; DB, iii, 114 ff.; DCG, i, 791 f.).Scroll for more

Iἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

← Back to Acts 25:11

Acts 28:19

19But when the Jews spake against it I was constrained to appeal unto Caesar not that I had aught whereof to accuse my nation

Related verses (4)

Acts 25:10-12, 21, 25 | Acts 26:32 | Romans 12:19-21 | 1 Peter 2:22-23

when … spake against it

But

the

Jews

I was constrained

to appeal unto

Caesar

not

that

The ASV does not translate this word.

nation

I had … whereof

aught

to accuse

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

ἀντιλεγόντωνahn-tee-leh-GOHN-tohn

δὲdeh

τῶνtohn

Ἰουδαίωνee-oo-DAI-ohn

ἠναγκάσθηνay-nahn-KAH-sthayn

ἐπικαλέσασθαιeh-pee-kah-LEH-sah-sthai

ΚαίσαραKAI-sah-rah

οὐχooch

ὡςhohs

τοῦtoo

ἔθνουςEH-thnoos

μουmoo

ἔχωνEH-chohn

τιtee

κατηγορεῖνkah-tay-goh-RAYN

The Pieces

ἀντιλεγόντωνGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

τῶνGreek article

Ἰουδαίωνname of a people descended from a person

ἠναγκάσθηνGreek verb

ἐπικαλέσασθαιGreek verb

Καίσαρα

οὐχGreek negative particle

ὡςGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

ἔθνουςGreek noun, neuter

μουGreek pronoun

ἔχωνGreek verb

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

κατηγορεῖνGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to disputeI speak or say in opposition, contradict (oppose, resist).ἀντι-λέγω, [in LXX: Ho 4:4 ( רִיב hi.), Is 50:5 ( סוּג ni.) Is 22:22 65:2, Si 4:25, III Mac 2:28, IV Mac 4:7 8:2 *;] contradict, oppose, resist (v. Field, Notes, 106; MM, VGT, s.v.); absol.: Ac 28:19, Ro 10:21, Tit 1:9 2:9; c. dat., Jo 19:12, Ac 13:45; c. acc. et inf., Lk 20:27 T; pass., Lk 2:34, Ac 28:22.†Scroll for more

to compelI force, compel, constrain, urge.ἀναγκάζω (< ἀνάγκη ), [in LXX: Pr 6:7 ( שֹׁטֵר ), I Es 3:24, I Mac 2:25, al.;] to necessitate, compel by force or persuasion, constrain: c. acc., II Co 12:11; id. c. inf., Mt 14:22, Mk 6:45, Lk 14:23, Ac 26:11 (on the impf. here, v. Field, Notes, 141; M, Pr., 128 f., 247), Ga 2:14 6:12; pass., C. inf., Ac 28:19, Ga 2:3 (for exx., v. MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

to call or name(a) I call (name) by a supplementary (additional, alternative) name, (b) mid: I call upon, appeal to, address.ἐπι-καλέω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for קָרָא;] to call, name, surname: c. acc (cl.), Mt 10:25; pass., Ac 1:23 4:36 10:5, 18, 32 11:13 12:12, 25, He 11:16; τ. ὄνομα, seq. ἐπί (denoting possession, as Heb.. עַל נִקְרָא שֵׁם. ), Ac 15:17 (LXX), Ja 2:7 (see. CB on Am 9:12 ). Mid. (so also act.; cl., LXX), to call upon, invoke, appeal to ( θεόν, θεούς, Hdt., Xen., al.; cf. Deiss., LAE, 426): Καίσαρα ( Σεβαστόν, Ac 25:25 ), Ac 25:11, 12, 21 26:32 28:19; sc. τ. Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, Ac 7:59; μάρτυρα (cl.) τ. θεόν, II Co 1:23; πατέρα, I Pe 1:17; τ. κύριον, Ro 10:12, II Ti 2:22; τ. ὄνομα κυρίου ( μου, σου; like Heb. בְּשֵׁם יְהֹוָה קָרָא ), Ac 2:21 (LXX) Ac 9:14, 21 22:16, Ro 10:13, 14 (LXX) I Co 1:2 (Cremer, 335, 742).†Scroll for more

CaesarCaesar, a surname of the gens Iulia, which became practically synonymous with the Emperor for the time being; in the Gospels it always refers to Tiberias.Καῖσαρ, -αρος, ὁ, Cæsar: Mt 22:17, Lk 2:1, Jo 19:12, Ac 25:8 ff., al.Scroll for more

GentilesA race, people, nation; the nations, heathen world, Gentiles.ἔθνος, -ους, τό, [in LXX chiefly for עַם,גּוֹי;] a multitude, a company, whether of beasts or men (Hom.). a nation, people: Mt 21:43 24:7, Mk 13:8, Lk 22:25, Ac 10:35, al.; in sing., of the Jewish people, Lk 7:5 23:2, Jo 11:48, 50-53 18:35, Ac 10:22 24:3, 10 26:4 28:19. In pl., as in OT, τὰ ἔ. (like Heb. הַגּוֹיִם ), the nations, as distinct from Israel, Gentiles: Mt 4:15 6:32, Ac 26:17, Ro 3:29 11:11 15:10, Ga 2:8, al.; of Gentile Christians, Ro 11:13 15:27 16:4, Ga 2:12, 14, Eph 3:1. SYN.: λαός (v. DCG, ii, 229; Cremer, 226).Scroll for more

of meἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

to accuseI accuse, charge, prosecute.κατηγορέω, -ῶ (< κατά, ἀγορεύω ), [in LXX: Da LXX 6:5 ( 6 ), I Mac 7:6, 25, II Mac 4:47 10:13, 21, IV Mac 9:14 *;] to make accusation, accuse, in general: absol., Ro 2:15; c. gen. pers. (cl., WM, 254), Jo 5:45; irreg. c. acc. pers., Re 12:10; before a judge: absol., Ac 24:2, 19; c. gen. pers., Mt 12:10, Mk 3:2, Lk 6:7 11:54 (WH, txt., R, om.), 23:2, 10, Jo 8:[6], Ac 25:5 28:19; id. c. acc. rei (cl., but v. WM, 254), Mk 15:3, 4; c. gen. rei (Dem.), Ac 24:8 25:11; seq. περί, c. gen. rei (Thuc., viii, 85), Ac 24:13; c. acc. rei, seq. κατά c. gen. pers. (WM, § 28, 1), Lk 23:14. Pass. (Bl., § 54, 3), seq. ὑπό c. gen., Mt 27:12, Ac 22:30; ὁ κατηγορούμενος, Ac 25:16.†Scroll for more

← Back to Jeremiah 14:8

← Back to Jeremiah 17:13

← Back to Jeremiah 40:1

← Back to Matthew 27:2

← Back to Ephesians 2:12

← Back to Ephesians 6:20

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:16

← Back to Hebrews 10:34

Acts 28:20

20For this cause therefore did I entreat you to see and to speak with me for because of the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain

Related verses (14)

For

this

therefore

The ASV does not translate this word.

cause

did I entreat

you

to see

and

to speak with me

because of

for

the

hope

The ASV does not translate this word.

of Israel

The ASV does not translate this word.

chain

this

I am bound with

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

διὰdee-AH

ταύτηνTOW-tayn

οὖνoon

τὴνtayn

αἰτίανai-TEE-ahn

παρεκάλεσαpah-reh-KAH-leh-sah

ὑμᾶςhoo-MAHS

ἰδεῖνee-DAYN

καὶkai

προσλαλῆσαιprohs-lah-LAY-sai

ἕνεκενHEH-neh-ken

γὰρgahr

τῆςtays

ἐλπίδοςel-PEE-dohs

τοῦtoo

Ἰσραὴλees-rah-AYL

τὴνtayn

ἅλυσινHAH-loo-seen

ταύτηνTOW-tayn

περίκειμαιpeh-REE-kay-mai

The Pieces

διὰGreek preposition

ταύτηνGreek demonstrative pronoun

οὖνGreek conjunction

τὴνGreek article

αἰτίανGreek noun, feminine

παρεκάλεσαGreek verb

ὑμᾶς

ἰδεῖν

καὶGreek conjunction

προσλαλῆσαιGreek verb

ἕνεκενGreek preposition

γὰρGreek conjunction

τῆςGreek article

ἐλπίδοςGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

Ἰσραὴλname of a place

τὴνGreek article

ἅλυσινGreek noun, feminine

ταύτηνGreek demonstrative pronoun

περίκειμαιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

her

youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to talk to/withI speak to, converse with.προσ-λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX: Ex 4:16 AB 2 ( דּבר pi.), Wi 13:17 *;] to speak to: Ac 28:20; c. dat. pers., Ac 13:43.†Scroll for more

because ofFor the sake of, on account of, on account of which, wherefore, on account of what, why.ἕνεκα (so Mt 19:5, Lk 6:22, Ac 19:32 26:21; elsewhere, prop, only before a vowel, ἕνεκεν; εἵνεκεν, originally Ionic: Lk 4:18 18:29, Ac 28:20, II Co 3:10 ), prep. c. gen., on account of, because of: Mt 5:10, 11 16:25 19:29, Mk 8:35, Lk 6:22, Ac 28:20, Ro 8:36, II Co 3:10; ἕ. τούτου, Mt 19:5; τούτων, Ac 26:21; τίνος ἕ., Ac 19:32; seq. τοῦ, c. inf., II Co 7:12; οὗ ἕν., Lk 4:18Scroll for more

hopeHope, expectation, trust, confidence.ἐλπίς ( ἑλ-, Ro 8:20, WH, v. Bl., § 4, 3; M, Pr., 44), -ίδος, ἡ [in LXX for בָּטַח and its derivatives, תִּקְוָה (freq. in Jb), etc.;] expectation (in cl., rarely of evil, mostly of good, and so always in NT), hope; of hope in general: II Co 1:6; c. gen. obj., Ac 16:19; art. inf., Ac 27:20, I Co 9:10; παρ’ ἐλπίδα, Ro 4:18; ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι, I Co 9:10. Of religious hope: ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι, Ac 2:26 26:6, Ro 4:18 8:20, Tit 1:2; τῇ ἐ. ἐσώθημεν, Ro 8:24; κατ' ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου, Tit 3:7; of the Messianic hope of Israel, Ac 23:6 26:6, 7 28:20; of Christian hope, Ro 5:2, 4, 5 12:12 15:4, 13, I Co 13:13, II Th 2:16, He 3:6 6:11 7:19 10:23, I Pe 1:3, 21 3:15; c. gen. obj., Ro 5:2, Col 1:27, I Th 1:3 5:8, Tit 1:2; c. gen. of that on which the hope is based, Ac 26:6, Eph 1:18 4:4, Col 1:23; ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἐ., Ro 15:13; ἔχειν ἐ. (= cl. ἐλπίζειν ), Ac 24:15, Ro 15:4, II Co 3:12 10:15, Eph 2:12, I Th 4:13; seq. ἐπί, c. dat., I Jn 3:3; εἰς, Ac 24:15; ὅτι, Ro 8:20, Phl 1:20, 21. Meton., of the author or ground of hope (cl.): I Th 2:19, I Ti 1:1; c. gen. obj., Col 1:27; of the thing hoped for: Ga 5:5, Col 1:5, Tit 2:13, He 6:18 (Cremer, 252, 712).†Scroll for more

Israel(Hebrew), Israel, surname of Jacob, then the Jewish people, the people of God.Ἰσραήλ (FlJ, Ἰσράηλος, -ου ), ὁ, indecl. (Heb. יִשְׂרָאֵל, Ge 32:28 ), Israel: ὁ οἶκος Ἰ., Ac 7:42 (LXX), al.; λαός, Ac 4:10; υἱοί, Ac 5:21, al.; αἱ φυλαὶ τοῦ Ἰ., Mt 19:28, al. By meton., for the Israelites, Mt 2:6, Lk 1:54, Ro 11:2, al.; ὁ λαὸς Ἰ., Ac 4:10; γῆ Ἰ., Mt 2:20, 21; βασιλεὺς Ἰ., Mt 27:42, Jo 1:50; ἡ ἐλπὶς τοῦ Ἰ., Ac 28:20; ὁ Ἰ. τοῦ θεοῦ (of Christians), Ga 6:16; ὁ Ἰ. κατὰ σάρκα, I Co 10:18.Scroll for more

chainA (light) chain, bond.** ἅλυσις, -εως, ἡ, [in LXX: Wi 17:17 *;] a chain, bond: Mk 5:3, 4, Lk 8:29, Ac 12:6, 7 21:33 28:20, Eph 6:20, II Ti 1:16, Re 20:1.†Scroll for more

her

to surroundI lie about, surround; I am encompassed, surrounded, or clothed with, am in submission to.** περί-κειμαι, [in LXX: Ep. Je 24, 58, IV Mac 12:3 *;] to lie round about: μύλος, λίθος (RV, were hanged about ), Mk 9:42, Lk 17:2; νεφος μαρτύρων, He 12:1. to have around one, be clothed with: Ac 28:20; fig., ἀσθένειαν, He 5:2.†Scroll for more

Acts 28:21

21And they said unto him We neither received letters from Judaea concerning thee nor did any of the brethren come hither and report or speak any harm of thee

Related verses (4)

Exodus 11:7 | Isaiah 41:11 | Isaiah 50:8 | Isaiah 54:17

they

And

unto

him

said

neither

letters

concerning

thee

received

from

The ASV does not translate this word.

Judaea

nor

did … come hither

any

of the

brethren

and report

speak

any

thee

harm

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

οἱhoy

δὲdeh

πρὸςprohs

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

εἶπανAY-pahn

Ἡμεῖςhay-MAYS

οὔτεOO-teh

γράμματαGRAH-mah-tah

περὶpeh-REE

σοῦsoo

ἐδεξάμεθαeh-deh-KSAH-meh-thah

ἀπὸah-POH

τῆςtays

Ἰουδαίαςee-oo-DAI-ahs

οὔτεOO-teh

παραγενόμενόςpah-rah-geh-NOH-meh-nohs

τιςtees

τῶνtohn

ἀδελφῶνah-del-FOHN

ἀπήγγειλενah-PAYN-gay-len

ἢay

ἐλάλησένeh-LAH-lay-sen

τιtee

περὶpeh-REE

σοῦsoo

πονηρόνpoh-nay-ROHN

The Pieces

οἱGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

εἶπανGreek verb

ἩμεῖςGreek pronoun

οὔτεGreek negative particle

γράμματαGreek noun, neuter

περὶGreek preposition

σοῦGreek pronoun

ἐδεξάμεθαGreek verb

ἀπὸGreek preposition

τῆςGreek article

Ἰουδαίαςname of a place

οὔτεGreek negative particle

παραγενόμενόςGreek verb

τιςGreek indefinite pronoun

τῶνGreek article

ἀδελφῶνGreek noun, masculine

ἀπήγγειλενGreek verb

ἢGreek conjunction

ἐλάλησένGreek verb

τιGreek indefinite pronoun

περὶGreek preposition

σοῦGreek pronoun

πονηρόνGreek adjective

What It Can Mean

to sayλέγω, [in LXX very freq., chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Ge 22:16, al.;] in Hom., to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. In Hdt. and Att., to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol., Ac 13:15 24:10; seq. orat. dir., Mt 9:34, Mk 3:11, Jo 1:29, al.; seq. ὅτι recit., Mk 3:21, Lk 1:24, Jo 6:14, al.; acc. et. inf., Lk 11:18, Jo 12:29, al.; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mt 11:17, al.; ἀπεκρίθη ( ἐλάλησεν ) λέγων ( καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mt 25:9, Mk 3:33, 7:28, Lk 24:6, 7, al.; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mt 3:9, Lk 3:8, al.; of writing, II Co 8:8, Phl 4:11, al.; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Ro 4:3, Ja 2:23, al.; c. acc. rei, Lk 8:8 9:33, Jo 5:34, al.; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369 f.), Mt 27:11, Mk 15:2, Lk 23:3, Jo 18:37; c. dat. pers., seq. orat. dir., Mt 8:20, Mk 2:17, al. mult.; id. seq. ὅτι, Mt 3:9, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, etc., Mk 4:41, Jo 11:56, He 9:5, al.; to mean (cl.), Mk 14:71, Jo 6:71, I Co 10:29, al.; to call, name, Mk 10:18; pass., Mt 9:9, Mk 15:7, al (cf. ἀντι-, δια- ( -μαι ), προ-, συλ-λέγω ). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr., Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, s.v. λαλέω ).Scroll for more

weἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με ), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς, pers. pron. I. The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8 ), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי ), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX). The enclitic forms (v. supr.) are used with nouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, where there is no emphasis: ἐν τ. πατρί μου, Jo 14:20; μου τ. λόγους, Mt 7:24; ὀπίσω μου, Mt 3:11; ἰσχυρότερός μου, ib.; λέγει μοι, Re 5:5; also with the prep. πρός, as Mk 9:19, al. The full forms ( ἐμοῦ, etc.) are used with the other prepositions, as δι' ἐμοῦ, ἐν ἐμοί, εἰς ἐμέ, etc., also for emphasis, as Lk 10:16, Jo 7:23, Mk 14:7, al. The gen. μου and ἡμῶν are often used for the poss. pronouns ἐμός, ἡμέτερος: τ. λαόν μου, Mt 2:6; μου τῂ ἀπιστιᾳ, Mk 9:24. τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( = Heb. וָלָךְ מַה־לִי, Jg 11:12, al.), i.e. what have we in common: Mt 8:29, Mk 1:24 5:7, Lk 8:28, Jo 2:4; τί γάρ μοι, I Co 5:2. The interchange of ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, common in π., appears in Pauline Epp. (v. M, Pr., 86f., M, Th., 131f.). κἀγώ (= καὶ ἐγώ, and I, even I, I also: Mt 2:8, Lk 2:48, Jo 6:56, Ro 3:7, I Co 7:40, al.; κἀγώ... καί, both... and, Jo 7:28.Scroll for more

neitherAnd not, neither, nor.οὔτε, negative particle, related to μήτε as οὐ to μή, and not, neither, nor: οὐδεὶς... οὔτε, Re 5:4; οὐδὲ... οὔτε, Ga 1:12; οὔτε... καί, Jo 4:11; after a question with μή interrog., Ja 3:12; οὔτε... οὔτε, neither... nor, Mt 6:20, Mk 12:25, Jo 4:21, Ac 15:10, Ro 8:38, 39, Ga 5:6, al.Scroll for more

something writtenA letter of the alphabet; collectively: written (revelation); (a) a written document, a letter, an epistle, (b) writings, literature, learning.γράμμα, -τος, τό (< γράφω ), [in LXX for סֵפֶר, etc.;] that which is traced or drawn, a picture. that which is written; a character, letter: Ga 6:11; a writing, a written document; a bill or account: Lk 16:6, 7; a letter: Ac 28:21; τὰ ἱερὰ γ., the sacred writings, i.e. the OT: II Ti 3:15 (so in Philo, Vit. Mos., iii, 39); τὸ γ., the letter, the written word as an external authority in contrast with the direct influence of the Spirit as manifested in the new Covenant: Ro 2:27, 29 7:6, II Co 3:6, 7; τὰ γ., letters, i.e. learning: Jo 7:15, Ac 26:24. (In π. an illiterate person is very frequently referred to as γράμματα μὴ εἰδότης, and this "never means anything else than inability to write": MM, Exp., x; but v. also Cremer, 166; DCG, i, 202; ii, 584.) †Scroll for more

to receiveI take, receive, accept, welcome.δέχομαι, depon. mid., [in LXX chiefly for לקח;] to receive, accept; c. acc rei, of taking or accepting what is offered: γράμματα, Lk 16:6, 7; id. in different sense, Ac 28:21; ποτήριον, Lk 22:17; παιδίον ( εἰς τ. ἀγκάλας ), Lk 2:28; περικεφαλαίαν, μάχαιραν, Eph 6:17; ἐπιστολάς, Ac 22:5; τ. βασιλείαν τ. Θεοῦ, Mk 10:15, Lk 18:17; λογία ζῶντα, Ac 7:38; εὐαγγέλιον, II Co 11:4; τ. χάριν τ. Θεοῦ, II Co 6:1; metaph., of mental acceptance, Mt 11:14; τ. λόγον, Lk 8:13, Ac 8:14 11:1 17:11, I Th 1:6 2:13, Ja 1:21; τὰ τ. πνεύματος, I Co 2:14; τ. παράκλησιν, II Co 8:17; τ. ἀγάπην τ. ἀληθείας, II Th 2:10. C. acc pers., of receiving kindly or hospitably, Mt 10:14, 40, 41, Mk 6:11, Lk 9:5, 53 10:8, 10, Jo 4:45, II Co 7:15 11:16, Ga 4:14, Col 4:10, He 11:31; παιδίον, Mt 18:5, Mk 9:37, Lk 9:48; εἰς οἴκους, σκηνάς, Lk 16:4, 9; δέξαι τ. πνεῦμά μου, Ac 7:59; ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν δέασθαι, Ac 3:21 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο, δια-, εἰσ-, ἐκ-, ἀπ-εκ-, ἐν-, ἐπι-, παρα-, προσ-, ὑπο-δέχομαι; Cremer, 174).†Scroll for more

JudeaJudea, a Roman province, capital Jerusalem.Ἰουδαία, -ας, ἡ, v.s. Ἰουδαῖος.Scroll for more

to come(a) I come on the scene, appear, come, (b) with words expressing destination: I present myself at, arrive at, reach.παρα-γίνομαι (Ion. and late for -γίγν- ), [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to be beside or at hand (Hom., Hdt., al.), hence, to stand by, support (Æsch., Thuc., al.): c. dat. pers., II Ti 4:16. to come, come up, arrive (Hdt., Xen., al., and freq. in later writers; v. MM, xviii; Thackeray, Gr., 267 2 ): absol., Lk 14:21 19:16, Jo 3:23, Ac 5:21, 22, 25 9:39 10:32, 33 11:23 14:27 17:10 18:27 21:18 23:16, 35 24:17, 24 25:7 28:21, I Co 16:3; seq. εἰς, Jo 8:2, Ac 9:26 15:4; ἐπί, c. acc., Lk 22:52; πρός, c. acc., Lk 7:4, 20 8:19, Ac 20:18; id. seq. ἐκ, Lk 11:6; παρά, c. gen., Mk 14:43; ἀπὸ... εἰς, Mt 2:1, Ac 13:14; ἀπὸ... ἐπὶ... πρός, Mt 3:13; of a teacher coming forward in public: Mt 3:1, Lk 12:51, He 9:11.†Scroll for more

to announceI report (from one place to another), bring a report, announce, declare.ἀπ-αγγέλλω, [in LXX chiefly for נגד hi.;] of a messenger, speaker, or writer, to report, announce, declare: c. acc. rei, Ac 4:23, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 2:8, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 18:37; πῶς, Lk 8:36; περί, Lk 7:18 13:1, Ac 28:21, I Th 1:9; λέγων, Ac 22:26; c. acc. et inf., Ac 12:14; seq. εἰς, Mk 5:14, Lk 8:34 (MM, VGT, s.v.; Cremer, 25).Scroll for more

to speak(I talk, chatter in classical Greek, but in NT a more dignified word) I speak, say.λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi., also for אמר, etc.;] to utter: of inanimate things, Re 4:1 10:4; metaph., He 11:4 12:24. to talk, speak, say: absol., Mt 9:33 12:46, Mk 5:35, Lk 8:49; seq. ὡς, I Co 13:11, Re 13:11; εἰς, I Co 14:9; ἐκ, Mt 12:34; c. acc. rei, Mt 10:19, Mk 11:32, Jo 8:30, al.; c. dat. pers., Mt 12:46, Lk 24:6, Ro 7:1, al.; c. acc. rei et dat. pers., Mt 9:18, Jo 10:6, al.; c. prep., πρός, μετά, περί, Mk 6:50, Lk 1:19 2:33, al.; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mt 13:3, Jo 12:49 14:10, al.; λ. τ. λόγον, Mk 8:32, al.; seq. orat. dir. (not cl.), Mk 14:31, He 5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25 f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mt 14:27, Jo 8:12, Ac 8:26, al. SYN.: v.s. λέγω.Scroll for more

evil/badEvil, bad, wicked, malicious, slothful.πονηρός, -ά, -όν (< πονέω, to toil ), [in LXX chiefly for רַע;] of persons, oppressed by toils (Hes.); of things, toilsome, painful ( καιρός, Si 51:12 ): Eph 5:16 6:13, Re 16:2. bad, worthless; in physical sense: καρπός, Mt 7:17, 18; in ethical sense, bad, evil, wicked; of persons: Mt 7:11 12:34, 35 18:32 25:26, Lk 6:45 11:13 19:22, Ac 17:5, II Th 3:2, II Ti 3:13; γενεά, Mt 12:39, 45 16:4, Lk 11:29; πνεῦμια, Mt 12:45, Lk 7:21 8:2 11:26, Ac 19:12, 13, 15, 16; as subst., οἱ π., opp. to δίκαιοι, Mt 13:49; to ἀγαθοί, Mt 5:45 22:10; οἱ ἀχάριστοι καὶ π., Lk 6:35; sing., ὁ π., Mt 5:39, I Co 5:13; id. esp. of Satan, the evil one, Mt 5:37 6:13 (v. Lft., Notes, 125 ff.; but cf. McN, in l.) 13:19, 38, Lk 11:4 (WH, R, om.), Jo 17:15, Eph 6:16, II Th 3:3 (Lft., Notes, 125 ff.), I Jn 2:13, 14 3:12 Jn 5:18, 19; of things: Mt 5:11 12:35 15:19, Lk 6:22, 45, Jo 3:19 7:7, Ac 18:14 25:18, Ga 1:4, Col 1:21, I Ti 6:4, II Ti 4:18, He 3:12 10:22, Ja 2:4 4:16, I Jn 3:12, II Jn 11, III Jn 10; ὀφθαλμός (q.v.), Mt 6:23 20:15, Mk 7:22, Lk 11:34; as subst., neut., τὸ π., Ac 28:21, I Th 5:22; opp. to ἀγαθόν, Lk 6:45, Ro 12:9; pl., Mt 9:4, Mk 7:23, Lk 3:19.† SYN.: v.s. ἄθεσμος.Scroll for more

← Back to Esther 3:8

← Back to Isaiah 42:20

← Back to Jeremiah 15:10

← Back to Jeremiah 38:4

← Back to Daniel 3:8

← Back to Matthew 22:17

← Back to Matthew 24:9

← Back to 1 Corinthians 11:19

← Back to 2 Corinthians 6:8

Acts 28:22

22But we desire to hear of thee what thou thinkest for as concerning this sect it is known to us that everywhere it is spoken against

Related verses (11)

we desire

But

thee

to hear

what

thou thinkest

as concerning

The ASV does not translate this word.

for

The ASV does not translate this word.

sect

this

known

to us

it is

that

everywhere

it is spoken against

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

ἀξιοῦμενah-ksee-OO-men

δὲdeh

παρὰpah-RAH

σοῦsoo

ἀκοῦσαιah-KOO-sai

ἃhah

φρονεῖςfroh-NAYS

περὶpeh-REE

μὲνmen

γὰρgahr

τῆςtays

αἱρέσεωςhai-REH-seh-ohs

ταύτηςTOW-tays

γνωστὸνgnoh-STOHN

ἡμῖνhay-MEEN

ἐστινeh-steen

ὅτιHOH-tee

πανταχοῦpahn-tah-CHOO

ἀντιλέγεταιahn-tee-LEH-geh-tai

The Pieces

ἀξιοῦμενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

παρὰGreek preposition

σοῦGreek pronoun

ἀκοῦσαιGreek verb

ἃGreek relative pronoun

φρονεῖςGreek verb

περὶGreek preposition

μὲνGreek particle

γὰρGreek conjunction

τῆςGreek article

αἱρέσεωςGreek noun, feminine

ταύτηςGreek demonstrative pronoun

γνωστὸνGreek adjective

ἡμῖνGreek pronoun

ἐστινGreek verb

ὅτιGreek conjunction

πανταχοῦGreek adverb

ἀντιλέγεταιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to deem worthyI account or treat as worthy.ἀξιόω, -ῶ (< ἄξιος ), [in LXX chiefly for בּעא, בּקשׁ; freq. in Wi, I, II Mac;] to deem worthy: c. acc. et inf. (v. MM, VGT, s.v., and cf. κατ-αξιόω ), Lk 7:7; id. et gen. rei, II Th 1:11; pass. c. gen. rei, I Ti 5:17, He 3:3 10:29; to think fit: c. inf. (v. M, Pr., 205), Ac 15:38 28:22.†Scroll for more

to reason(a) I think, (b) I think, judge, (c) I direct the mind to, seek for, (d) I observe, (e) I care for.φρονέω, -ῶ (< φρήν ), [in LXX: De 32:29, Za 9:2 ( חָכָם ), Ps 93 (94):8 ( שָׂכַל hi.), Is 44:18 ( בִּין ) ib. 28, Es 8:13, Wi 1:1 14:30, I Mac 10:20, II Mac 9:12; 14:8, 26 *;] to have understanding (Hom., al.). to think, to be minded in a certain way: ὡς νήπιος, I Co 13:11; c. acc. (usually neut., adj., or pron., as freq. in cl.), ὃ δεῖ, Ro 12:3; ἃ, Ac 28:22; τοῦτο, Phl 3:15; τι ἑτέρως, ib.; οὐδὲν ἄλλο, Ga 5:10; τ. αὐτὸ φ. (Deiss., BS, 256), to be of the same mind, II Co 13:11, Phl 2:2 4:2; id. seq. εἰς ( ἐν ) ἀλλήλους ( οις ), Ro 12:16 15:5; τ. ἓν φ., Phl 2:2 (Lft., in l.); seq. ὑπέρ, Phl 1:7. to have in mind, be mindful of, think of (Hdt., Xen., al.; Es, 1Mac, ll. c.): τὰ τ. θεοῦ, opp. to τ. τ. ἀνθρώπων, Mt 16:23, Mk 8:33; τὰ τ. σαρκός, opp. to τ. τ. πνεύρατος, Ro 8:5; τ. ἐπίγεια, Phl 3:19; τὰ ἄνω, opp. to τ. ἐπὶ τ. γῆς, Col 3:2; τοῦτο φρονεῖτε (RV, have this mind in you ), Phl 2:5; ὑψηλά, Ro 12:16; φ. ἡμέραν (to observe a day), Ro 14:6; seq. ὑπέρ, Phl 4:10 (cf. κατα-, παρα-, περι-, ὑπερ-φρσνέω ).†Scroll for more

sectA self-chosen opinion, a religious or philosophical sect, discord or contention.αἵρεσις, -εως, ἡ (< αἱρέω, -ομαι ), [in LXX for נְדָבָה,] capture. choosing, choice (v. MM, VGT, s.v.). that which is chosen, hence, opinion; esp. a peculiar opinion, heresy: I Co 11:19, Ga 5:20, II Pe 2:1, R, txt. In late writers (MM, VGT ), of a set of persons professing particular principles or opinions, a school, sect, party, faction: Ac 5:17 15:5 24:5, 14 26:5 28:22, I Co 11:19, Ga 5:20, II Pe 2:1, R, mg. (Cremer, 614).†Scroll for more

her

acquainted withKnown, an acquaintance.γνωστός, -ή, -όν, later form of γνωστός (< γιγνώσκω ), [in LXX for various parts of ידע;] known: Ac 9:42; c. dat., Jo 18:15, 16 (Rec.), Ac 1:19 2:14 4:10 13:38 15:18 19:17 28:22, 28; γ. σημεῖον, a notable (EV) sign, one that is matter of knowledge, Ac 4:16; γνωστὸν, Ac 15:17, 18; τὸ γνωστὸν θεοῦ, Ro 1:19; in pl., as subst., γνωστοί, acquaintances, Lk 2:44 23:49; so in sing., Jo 18:16 (WH).†Scroll for more

everywhereEverywhere, in all places.πανταχοῦ, adv., [in LXX: Is 42:22 ( כֻּלָּם )*;] everywhere: Mk 1:28 16:20, Lk 9:6, Ac 17:30 24:3 28:22, I Co 4:17.†Scroll for more

← Back to Deuteronomy 30:14

← Back to 2 Chronicles 17:9

← Back to Nehemiah 8:3

← Back to Nehemiah 8:8

← Back to Psalms 119:139

← Back to Ezekiel 33:9

← Back to Matthew 13:19

← Back to Matthew 26:24

← Back to Romans 3:21

← Back to Romans 10:18

← Back to 1 Corinthians 1:6

← Back to 2 Corinthians 5:11

← Back to Philemon 1:22

← Back to Hebrews 1:1

← Back to Hebrews 3:5

← Back to 1 Peter 1:10

← Back to 2 Peter 3:2

Acts 28:23

23And when they had appointed him a day they came to him into his lodging in great number to whom he expounded the matter testifying the kingdom of God and persuading them concerning Jesus both from the law of Moses and from the prophets from morning till evening

Related verses (9)

when they had appointed

And

him

a day

they came

him

into

his

lodging

in great number

to whom

he expounded the matter

testifying

the

kingdom

The ASV does not translate this word.

of God

persuading

and

them

concerning

The ASV does not translate this word.

Jesus

from

both

the

law

of Moses

and

from the

prophets

from

morning

till

evening

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Card 32

Card 33

Card 34

Card 35

Card 36

Ταξάμενοιtah-KSAH-meh-noy

δὲdeh

αὐτῷow-TOH

ἡμέρανhay-MEH-rahn

ἧκονHAY-kohn

πρὸςprohs

αὐτὸνow-TOHN

εἰςays

τὴνtayn

ξενίανkseh-NEE-ahn

πλείονεςPLAY-oh-nes

οἷςhoys

ἐξετίθετοeh-kseh-TEE-theh-toh

διαμαρτυρόμενοςdee-ah-mahr-too-ROH-meh-nohs

τὴνtayn

βασιλείανbah-see-LAY-ahn

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

πείθωνPAY-thohn

τεteh

αὐτοὺςow-TOOS

περὶpeh-REE

τοῦtoo

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

ἀπόah-POH

τεteh

τοῦtoo

νόμουNOH-moo

Μωϋσέωςmoh-oo-SEH-ohs

καὶkai

τῶνtohn

προφητῶνproh-fay-TOHN

ἀπὸah-POH

πρωῒproh-EE

ἕωςHEH-ohs

ἑσπέραςheh-SPEH-rahs

The Pieces

ΤαξάμενοιGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

αὐτῷGreek pronoun

ἡμέρανGreek noun, feminine

ἧκονGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτὸνGreek pronoun

εἰςGreek preposition

τὴνGreek article

ξενίανGreek noun, feminine

πλείονεςGreek adjective

οἷςGreek relative pronoun

ἐξετίθετοGreek verb

διαμαρτυρόμενοςGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

βασιλείανGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

πείθωνGreek verb

τεGreek conjunction

αὐτοὺςGreek reflexive pronoun

περὶGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

Ἰησοῦname of a person

ἀπόGreek preposition

τεGreek conjunction

τοῦGreek article

νόμουGreek noun, masculine

Μωϋσέωςname of a person

καὶGreek conjunction

τῶνGreek article

προφητῶνGreek noun, masculine

ἀπὸGreek preposition

πρωῒGreek adverb

ἕωςGreek preposition

ἑσπέραςGreek noun, feminine

What It Can Mean

to appoint(a) I assign, arrange, (b) I determine; mid: I appoint.τάσσω [in LXX chiefly for שׂוּם, also for צָוָה pi., נָתַן, etc.;] primarily, in military sense, then generally, to draw up in order, arrange in place, assign, appoint, order: c. dat. (acc) et inf. (Bl., § 72, 5), Ac 15:2 18:2 ( διατ-, WH) 22:10; ἑαυτούς, I Co 16:15; pass., Mt 8:9 (T [WH], R, txt., om.), Lk 7:8, Ro 13:1; ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον (perh. in mid. sense; v. EGT and Page, in l.), Ac 13:48; mid., to appoint for oneself or by one's own authority, Mt 28:16, Ac 28:23.†Scroll for more

to come/be presentI have come, am present, have arrived.ἥκω [in LXX chiefly for בּוא;] pf. with pres. meaning (hence impf. = plpf.), to have come, be present: Mt 24:50, Mk 8:3 (late pf., ἧκα, v. Swete, in l.; WH, App., 169), Lk 12:46 15:27, Jo 8:42, He 10:7, 9, 37, I Jn 5:20, Re 2:25 3:3, 9 15:4; seq. ἀπό, c. gen. loc., Mt 8:11, Lk 13:29; ἐκ, Ro 11:26; id. seq. εἰς, Jo 4:47; μακρόθεν, Mk 8:3; ἐπί, c. acc., Re 3:3. Metaph., of discipleship: Jo 6:37; of time and events: absol., Mt 24:14, Jo 2:4, II Pe 3:10, Re 18:8; seq. ἐπί c acc. pers., Mt 23:36, Lk 19:43 (cf. ἀν-, καθ-ήκω ).†Scroll for more

lodgingLodging, hospitality.** ξενία, -ας, ἡ (< ξένος ), [in LXX: Si 29:27 B 1 *;] hospitality, entertainment: Phm 22 (cf. ICC, in l., but v. infr.). By meton., a place of entertainment, a lodging-place: Ac 28:23, and so perh. Phm 22 (Lft., in l., Phl., p. 9; but v. supr., and cf. MM, xvii).†Scroll for more

greaterMore, greater, of higher value.πλέον, v.s. πολύς.Scroll for more

to explain/expose(a) I put out or expose a child, (b) mid: I set forth, expound, explain.ἐκ-τίθημι [in LXX for נָתַן ni., etc.;] to set out, expose: Ac 7:21, Metaph., to set forth, expound: Ac 11:4 28:23; c. acc rei, Ac 18:26.†Scroll for more

to testify solemnlyI give solemn evidence, testify (declare) solemnly.δια-μαρτύρομαι, depon., of Ionic origin, intensive of the simple μαρτύρομαι, q.v., [in LXX chiefly for עוּד hi., usually c. dat. pers., De 4:26 8:19, I Ki 8:9, al.;] solemnly to protest: Lk 16:28, Ac 2:40 8:25 10:42 18:5 20:21, 23, 24 23:11 28:23, I Th 4:6, He 2:6; in adjuration, seq. ἐνώπιον τ. θεοῦ, I Ti 5:21, II Ti 2:14 4:1 (Cremer, 415).†Scroll for more

kingdomKingship, sovereignty, authority, rule, especially of God, both in the world, and in the hearts of men; hence: kingdom, in the concrete sense.βασιλεία, -ας, ἡ (< βασιλεύω ), [in LXX chiefly for מַמְלָכָה מַלְכוּת;] prop. abstract, sovereignty, royal power, dominion: Lk 1:33 22:29, Jo 18:36, Ac 1:6, He 1:8, I Co 15:24; λαβεῖν β., Lk 19:12, 15, Re 17:12; δοῦναι τὴν, Re 17:17; ἔχειν β., Re 17:18; ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τ. ( εἰς τὴν ) β., Mt 16:28, Lk 23:42; β. τ. θεοῦ, Re 12:10. By meton., concrete (MM, Exp., x), a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules ( Es 5:3, al.): Mt 4:8 12:25, 26 24:7, Mk 3:24 6:23, Lk 4:5, He 11:33, al.; the royal majesty (cf. our phrase His Majesty ), the king himself ( τ. σπέρμα τῆς β., IV Ki 11:1 ). In LXX ( Wi 6:5, To 13:1, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, ἡ β. τ. θεοῦ, τ. οὐρανῶν (Heb. מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם, Aram. מַלְכוּתָא דִשׁמַיָּא; v. Dalman, Words, 91-147; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two phrases, v. Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218 f.); τ. θεοῦ, Mt 6:33 12:28, al.; τ. οὐρανῶν, Mt 3:2 4:17, al.; τ. Χριστοῦ ( מַלִכוּת דִמְשִׁיחא, Targ. Jon. on Is 53:10 ), Eph 5:5; τ. κυρίου, II Pe 1:11, Re 11:15; τ. Δαυείδ, Mk 11:10; absol., ἡ β., Mt 4:23, Ja 2:5, al. The kingdom is regarded as present: Mt 11:12, Lk 17:21, Ro 14:17, al.; as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mt 6:10, Mk 9:1, Jo 3:5, II Pe 1:11, al. Noteworthy phrases are: ζητεῖν τὴν β., Mt 6:33; δέχεσθαι, Mk 10:15; κλρονομεῖν, Mt 25:34; διδόναι, Lk 12:32; παραλαμβάνειν, He 12:28; αὐτῶν ( τοιούτων ) ἐστὶν ἡ β., Mt 5:3, 10 19:14, Mk 10:14, Lk 18:16; διὰ τὴν β., Mt 19:12; ἕνεκεν τῆς β., Lk 18:29; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, κηρύσσειν, διαγγέλλειν τὴν β., Lk 4:43 9:2, 60; ἤγγικεν ἡ β., Mt 3:2, Mk 1:15; κλεῖς τῆς β., Mt 16:19; κλείειν τὴν β., Mt 23:14; υἱοὶ τῆς β., Mt 8:12 13:38 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658).Scroll for more

to persuadeI persuade, urge.πείθω, [in LXX chiefly for בּטח, its parts and derivatives;] Active; trans., to apply persuasion ("conative" in pres.; v. M, Pr., 147), to prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol., Mt 28:14, Ac 19:26; seq. περί, c. gen. rei, Ac 19:8; c. acc. pers., Ac 12:20 14:19 18:4, II Co 5:11, Ga 1:10; τ. καρδίας ἡμῶν, I Jn 3:19; c. acc. seq. περί, Ac 28:23; c. acc. et inf., Ac 13:43 26:28 (v. Field, Notes, 141 ff.); c. acc. seq. ἵνα (Plut.), Mt 27:20. Intrans., 2 pf. πέποιθα with pres. sense (v. M, Pr., 147, 154; Bl., § 59, 2): to trust, be confident, have confidence: c. acc. et inf., Ro 2:19; c. acc. ref. (v. Ellic., in l.): Phl 1:6, 25; c. dat., Phl 1:14, Phm 21; ἑαυτῷ, c. inf., II Co 10:7; seq. ἐν, Phl 3:3, 4; ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι, Phl 2:24; ἐπί, c. dat., Mt 27:43 (WH, mg.), Mk 10:24 (T, WH, R, mg., om.), Lk 11:22 18:9, II Co 1:9, He 2:13; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 27:43 (c. dat., WH, mg.); id. seq. ὅτι, II Co 2:3, II Th 3:4 (v. Lft., Notes, 127); εἰς, c. acc. pers. seq. ὅτι, Ga 5:10. Pass. and mid.; to be persuaded, believe (v. M, Pr., 158): absol., Lk 16:31, Ac 17:4 21:14, He 13:18; c. dat., Ac 28:24; c. acc. et inf., Ac 26:26; so also pf., πέπεισμαι, πεπεισμένος εἰμί: c. acc. ref. seq. περί, He 6:9; c. acc. et inf., Lk 20:6; ὅτι, Ro 8:38, II Ti 1:5, 12; id. c. ἐν κυρίῳ, Ro 14:14; περί, c. gen. seq. ὅτι, Ro 15:14. to listen to, obey: c. dat. pers., Ac 5:36, 37, 40 23:21 27:11, Ro 2:8, Ga 5:7, He 13:17, Ja 3:3 (cf. ἀνα-πείθω ).†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

JesusJesus; the Greek form of Joshua; Jesus, son of Eliezer; Jesus, surnamed Justus.Ἰησοῦς, -οῦ, dat., voc. -οῦ, acc., -οῦν (Heb. יְהוֹשׁוּעַ, יְהֹשֻׁעַ, יֵשׁוּעַ ), JESUS: Mt 1:21, al.; ὁ Ἰ, Mt 3:13, al.; Ἰ. Χριστός, Mt 1:1, Mk 1:1, al.; Χρ. Ἰ., Ro 2:26, al.; κύριος Ἰ., Ac 28:31, al.; Ἰησοῦ, voc., Mk 1:24, al. Joshua: Ac 7:45, He 4:8. Jesus, son of Eliezer: Lk 3:29. Jesus, surnamed Justus: Col 4:11. v.s. βαραββᾶς.Scroll for more

lawUsage, custom, law; in NT: of law in general, plur: of divine laws; of a force or influence impelling to action; of the Mosaic law; meton: of the books which contain the law, the Pentateuch, the Old Testament scriptures in general.νόμος, -ου, ὁ (< νέμω, to deal out, distribute ), [in LXX chiefly for תּוֹרָה, also for חֻקָּה, etc.;] that which is assigned, hence, usage, custom, then law; in NT (only in Mt, Jo, Ja, and the Lucan and Pauline bks.); of law in general: Ro 3:27 5:13b; pl., of divine laws, He 8:10 10:16; ὁ ν. τ. Χριστοῦ, Ga 6:2; (τ.) ἐλευθερίας, Ja 1:25 2:12; βασιλικιός (Hort., in l.; Deiss., LAE, 367 3 ), Ja 2:8. Of a force or influence impelling to action: Ro 7:21, 23a, 25 8:2. Of the Mosaic law: Mt 5:18, Lk 2:27, Jo 1:17, Ac 6:13, Ro 2:15, I Co 9:8, I Ti 1:8, He 7:19, al.; ν. Μωυσέως, Lk 2:22, Jo 7:23, Ac 15:5, al.; κυρίου, Lk 2:39; κατὰ τὸν ν., Ac 22:12, He 7:5 9:22. Anarthrous (Bl., § 46, 8; ICC on Ro 2:12, 13 ), νόμος, of law in general: Ro 2:12, 14b 3:20, 21 4:15, al.; of the Mosaic law in its quality as law: Ro 2:14a 5:20 10:4, Ga 2:19, al.; οἱ ἐκ ν., Ro 4:14; ὑπὸ νόμον, I Co 9:20, Ga 4:5; ν. πράσσειν ( πληροῦν ), Ro 2:25 13:8. Of Christian teaching: ν. πίστεως, Ro 3:27; τ. Χριστοῦ, Ga 6:2. By meton., of the books which contain the law; of the Pentateuch: Mt 12:5, Jo 1:45, al.; ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται, Mt 5:17, Lk 16:16, al.; ὁ ν. καὶ προφῆται κ. ψαλμοί, Lk 24:44; of the OT Scriptures in general (as Heb. תּוֹרָה ): Jo 10:34 12:34 15:25, I Co 14:21, al.Scroll for more

MosesMoses; met: the books of Moses, the Pentateuch.Μωυσῆς ( Μωϋσῆς, T; Μωσῆς, Rec.), -έως, dat. -ῆ (as LXX: Ex 5:20, al.), and -εῖ, acc. -ῆν (as LXX) and -έα ( Lk 16:29 only), (Heb. מֹשֶׁה ), Moses: Mt 8:4 17:3, 4, al.; νόμος Μωυσέως, Lk 2:22 24:44, Jo 7:23, Ac 13:39 15:5 28:23, I Co 9:9, He 10:28; by meton., of the books of Moses, Lk 16:29 24:27, Ac 15:21, II Co 3:15.Scroll for more

prophetA prophet, poet; a person gifted at expositing divine truth.προφήτης, -ου, ὁ [< πρόφημι, to speak forth ), [in LXX chiefly for נָבִיא;] one who acts as an interpreter or forth-teller of the Divine will (v. Lft., Notes, 83 f.; Tr., Syn., § vi), a prophet; in cl. (Æsch., Hdt., Plat., al.), of the interpreters of oracles. In NT, of the OT prophets: Mt 5:12, Mk 6:15, Lk 4:27, Jo 8:52, Ro 11:3, al.; of prophets in general: Mt 10:41 13:57 21:46, Mk 6:4, Lk 13:33, al.; of John the Baptist: Mt 21:26, Mk 6:15, Lk 1:76; of Christ: Mt 21:11, Jo 6:14, Ac 3:22, 23 7:37 (LXX); of Christian prophets in the apostolic age: Ac 15:32, I Co 12:28, Eph 2:20, al.; by meton., of the writings of prophets: Lk 24:27, Ac 8:28, al.; of a poet: Tit 1:12 (on the use of the term in π. and Inscr., v. Deiss., BS, 235 f.; MM, xxii).Scroll for more

earlyEarly in the morning, at dawn.πρωί (Rec. πρωΐ ), adv. (< πρό ), [in LXX chiefly for בֹּקֶר, בַּבֹּקֶר;] in the morning, early: Mt 16:3 (R, txt.) 21:18, Mk 1:35 11:20 13:35 15:1 16:[9], Jo 18:28 20:1; λίαν π., Mk 16:2; ἅμα π., Mt 20:1; ἀπὸ π. (cf. ἀπὸ πρωΐθεν, Ex 18:13 ), Ac 28:23.†Scroll for more

until(a) conj: until, (b) prep: as far as, up to, as much as, until.

eveningEvening.ἑσπέρα, -ας, ἡ (prop, fem, of ἕσπερος ), [in LXX chiefly for צֶרֶב;] (sc. ὥρα ), evening: Lk 24:29, Ac 4:3 20:15 28:23; (so. χώρα ), the west.†Scroll for more

← Back to Romans 10:16

← Back to Romans 11:11

← Back to 2 Thessalonians 3:2

Acts 28:24

24And some believed the things which were spoken and some disbelieved

Related verses (7)

And

some

The ASV does not translate this word.

believed

the things

which were spoken

some

and

disbelieved

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

καὶkai

οἱhoy

μὲνmen

ἐπείθοντοeh-PAY-thohn-toh

τοῖςtoys

λεγομένοιςleh-goh-MEH-noys

οἱhoy

δὲdeh

ἠπίστουνay-PEE-stoon

The Pieces

καὶGreek conjunction

οἱGreek article

μὲνGreek particle

ἐπείθοντοGreek verb

τοῖςGreek article

λεγομένοιςGreek verb

οἱGreek article

δὲGreek conjunction

ἠπίστουνGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to disbelieveI am unfaithful, disbelieve, refuse belief, prove false.** ἀπιστέω, -ῶ (< ἄπιστος ), [in LXX: Wi 1:2 10:7 12:17 18:13, Si 1:27, II Mac 8:13 *;] to disbelieve, be faithless: Mk 16:11, 16, Lk 24:11, 41, Ac 28:24, I Pe 2:7; so prob. also Ro 3:3, II Ti 2:13 ( ICC, CGT, in ll.; MM, s.v.). = ἀπειθέω (Hdt.; on this sense in Ro 3:3, II Ti 2:13, v. Vaughan on Ro 3:3; Lft., Notes, 265; Thayer, s.v.).†Scroll for more

← Back to 2 Chronicles 25:20

← Back to Nehemiah 9:30

← Back to Proverbs 23:9

← Back to Isaiah 6:8

← Back to Matthew 10:6

← Back to Matthew 10:20

← Back to Matthew 11:21

← Back to Matthew 13:14

← Back to Matthew 15:7

← Back to 1 Timothy 4:1

← Back to 2 Timothy 3:16

← Back to Hebrews 3:7

← Back to Hebrews 4:7

← Back to Hebrews 9:8

← Back to Hebrews 10:15

← Back to 2 Peter 1:21

Acts 28:25

25And when they agreed not among themselves they departed after that Paul had spoken one word Well spake the Holy Spirit through Isaiah the prophet unto your fathers

Related verses (3)

Matthew 15:7 | Mark 7:6 | 2 Peter 1:21

agreed not

And

when they

among

themselves

they departed

after that … had spoken

The ASV does not translate this word.

Paul

word

one

The ASV does not translate this word.

Well

the

Spirit

The ASV does not translate this word.

Holy

spake

through

Isaiah

the

prophet

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

fathers

your

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

ἀσύμφωνοιah-SOOM-foh-noy

δὲdeh

ὄντεςOHN-tes

πρὸςprohs

ἀλλήλουςah-LAY-loos

ἀπελύοντοah-peh-LOO-ohn-toh

εἰπόντοςay-POHN-tohs

τοῦtoo

ΠαύλουPOW-loo

ῥῆμαRAY-mah

ἓνhen

ὅτιHOH-tee

Καλῶςkah-LOHS

τὸtoh

πνεῦμαPNYOO-mah

τὸtoh

ἅγιονHAH-gee-ohn

ἐλάλησενeh-LAH-lay-sen

διὰdee-AH

Ἠσαΐουay-sah-EE-oo

τοῦtoo

προφήτουproh-FAY-too

πρὸςprohs

τοὺςtoos

πατέραςpah-TEH-rahs

ὑμῶνhoo-MOHN

The Pieces

ἀσύμφωνοιGreek adjective

δὲGreek conjunction

ὄντεςGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

ἀλλήλουςGreek reciprocal pronoun

ἀπελύοντοGreek verb

εἰπόντοςGreek verb

τοῦGreek article

Παύλουname of a person

ῥῆμαGreek noun, neuter

ἓνGreek adjective

ὅτιGreek conjunction

ΚαλῶςGreek adverb

τὸGreek article

πνεῦμαGreek noun, neuter

τὸGreek article

ἅγιονGreek adjective

ἐλάλησενGreek verb

διὰGreek preposition

Ἠσαΐουname of a person

τοῦGreek article

προφήτουGreek noun, masculine

πρὸςGreek preposition

τοὺςGreek article

πατέραςGreek noun, masculine

ὑμῶνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

discordantDissonant, discordant; met: at variance.** ἀ-σύμφωνος, -ον, [in LXX: Wi 18:10, Da, LXX, Bel 15 *;] dissonant, discordant; metaph., at variance: πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Ac 28:25.†Scroll for more

declarationA thing spoken, (a) a word or saying of any kind, as command, report, promise, (b) a thing, matter, business.ῥῆμα, -τος, τό [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for פֶּה, and Aram. פִּתְגָּם, etc.;] prop., of that which is said or spoken, a word: Mt 27:14, II Co 12:4; pl., τὰ ῥ., of speech, discourse, Lk 7:1, Jo 8:20, Ac 2:14, Ro 10:18, II Pe 3:2, al.; opp. to ὄνομα (a single word), a saying, statement, word of prophecy, instruction or command (in cl., phrase ): Mt 26:75, Mk 9:32, Lk 1:38 2:50, Ac 11:16, Ro 10:8, He 11:3; ῥ. θεοῦ ( κυρίου ), Lk 3:2, Ac 11:16, Eph 6:17, He 6:5 11:3, I Pe 1:25 (LXX); τὰ ῥ. τ. θεοῦ, Jo 3:34 8:47; ῥ. ἀργόν, Mt 12:36; ῥ. ἄρρητα, II Co 12:4. Like Heb. דָּבָר (but perh. also a Gk. colloquialism, v. Kennedy, Sources, 124; Thackeray, Gr., 41), of that which is the subject of speech, a thing, matter ( Ge 15:1, De 17:8, al.): Lk 1:37 2:15, Ac 10:37; pl., Lk 1:65 2:19, 51, Ac 5:32 13:42Scroll for more

oneOne.εἷς, μιά, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός, cardinal numeral, one; one, as opp. to many: Mt 25:15, Ro 5:12, I Co 10:8, al.; as subst., Ro 5:15, Eph 2:14; id. c. gen. partit., Mt 5:19, al.; seq. ἐκ ( ἐξ ), Mk 14:18, Jo 6:8, al.; metaph., of union and concord, Jo 10:30 17:11, Ro 12:4, 5, Phl 1:27; ἀπὸ μιᾶς (B1., § 44, 1), Lk 14:18; c. neg., εἷς... οὐ ( μή ), more emphatic than οὐδείς, no one, none (cl.), Mt 5:18 10:29, Lk 11:46 12:6. Emphatically, to the exclusion of others; a single (one): Mt 21:24, Mk 8:14; absol., I Co 9:24, al.; οὐδὲ εἷς, Mt 27:14, Jo 1:3, Ro 3:10, al.; one, alone: Mk 2:7 10:18, Lk 18:19; one and the same: Ro 3:30, I Co 3:8 11:5 12:11, I Jn 5:8. In late Gk., with weakened force, = τις or indef. art. (of. Heb. אֶחָד, Ge 22:13, al.; v. B1., § 45, 2; M, Pr., 96 f.): Mt 8:19 19:6, Re 8:13, al.; εἷς τις (Bl., l.c.), Lk 22:50, Jo 11:49 Distributively: εἷς καστος (cl.), Lk 4:40, Ac 2:6, al.; εἷς... καὶ εἷς (cl., εἷς μὲν... εἷς δέ ), Mt 17:4, Mk 9:5, Jo 20:12, al. (cf. LXX and use of Heb. אֶחָד, Ex 17:12, al); ὁ εἷς... ὁ ἕτερος ( ἄλλος ) = cl. ὁ μὲν ( ἕτερος )... ὁ δέ ( ἕτερος ), Mt 6:24, Lk 7:41, Re 17:10; καθ’ εἷς, εἷς κ. είς (in which καθ’ is adverbial, or the expression formed from the analogy of ἕν καθ’ ἔν; M, Pr., 105), one by one, severally: Mk 14:19, Ro 12:5, al.; εἷς τὸν ἕνα = ἀλλήλους (B1., 45, 2; M, Pr., 246), I Th 5:11. As ordinal = πρῶτος (like Heb. אֶחָד; Bl., § 45, 1; M, Pr., 95 f.), first: Mt 28:1, Mk 16:2, al.Scroll for more

wellWell, nobly, honorably, rightly.καλῶς, adv. (< καλός ), [in LXX for parts and derivatives of יטב;] finely, rightly, well: Lk 6:48, I Co 14:17, Ga 4:17 5:7, Ja 2:3; λέγειν, λαλεῖν, etc., Mt 15:7, Mk 7:6 12:28, Lk 6:26 20:39, Jo 4:17 8:48 13:13 18:23, Ac 28:25; as exclamation of approval, Mk 12:32, Ro 11:20; κ. ποιεῖν, Mt 12:12, I Co 7:37, 38, Ja 2:8, 19; c. dat. pers. (cl. acc.; WM, § 32, 1 β ), Lk 6:27; c. acc. rei, Mk 7:37; c. ptcp., Ac 10:33 (M, Pr., 131), Phl 4:14, II Pe 1:19, III Jn 6; προϊστάναι ( -ασθαι ), I Ti 3:4, 12 5:17; διακονεῖν, I Ti 3:13; ἀνατρέφεσθαι, He 13:18; ironically, Mk 7:9, II Co 11:4 (but v. CGT, in l.); κ. ἔχειν, to be well: Mk 16:[18]. Compar., κάλλιον (for superl., B1., § 44, 3), very well: Ac 25:10.†Scroll for more

spirit/breath: spiritWind, breath, spirit.πνεῦμα, -τος, τό, (< πνέω ), [in LXX chiefly and very freq. for רוּחַ;] of air in motion; wind: Jo 3:8; pl., He 1:7 (LXX); breath: π. ζωῆς, Re 11:11; π. τοῦ στόματος, fig., II Th 2:8 (cf. Ps 32 (33):6 ). Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Lk 8:55, Jo 19:30, Ac 7:59, al.; opp. to σάρξ, Mt 26:41, Mk 14:38, I Co 5:5, al.; to σῶμα, Ro 8:10, I Co 6:17 7:34, I Pe 4:6; to ψυχή, Phl 1:27, He 4:12; τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ. καὶ τ. σῶμα, I Th 5:23 (M, Th., in l.); dat., τῷ π., in spirit, Mk 2:8 8:12, Jo 11:33 13:21, Ac 18:25, Ro 12:11, I Co 7:34, I Pe 3:18, al.; of the human spirit of Christ, Ro 1:4, I Ti 3:16. spirit, i.e. frame of mind, disposition, influence: Lk 1:17, Ro 8:15, I Co 4:21, Gal 6:1, Eph 2:2, II Ti 1:7, I Jo 4:6, al. An incorporeal being, a spirit: Lk 24:37, 39, Ac 23:8; π. ὁ θεός, God is spirit, Jo 4:24; πατὴρ τῶν π., He 12:9; of disembodied human beings, He 12:23, I Pe 3:19 ( ICC, in l.; DB, iii, 795); of angels. He 1:14; of demons or evil spirits, Mt 8:16, Mk 9:20, Lk 9:39, al.; π. πύθωνα, Ac 16:16; πνεύματα δαιμονίων, Re 16:14; π. δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου, Lk 4:33; π. ἀσθενείας (Bl., § 35, 5), Lk 13:11; π. ἀκάθαρτον, Mt 10:1, Mk 1:23, Lk 4:36, Ac 5:16; π. ἄλαλον ( καὶ κωφόν ), Mk 9:17, 25; πονηρόν, Lk 7:21, Ac 19:12, al. Of the Holy Spirit, π. ἅγιον, τὸ ἅ. π., τὸ π. τὸ ἅ., τὸ π., π. (the article as a rule being used when the Spirit is regarded as a Person or a Divine Power, and omitted when the reference is to an operation, influence or gift of the Spirit; v. WM, 151 5; Bl., § 46, 7): anarth., Mt 1:18 3:11, 16 4:1, Mk 1:8 (Swete, in l.), Mk 1:10, Lk 1:15, Jo 7:39, Ac 19:2, Ro 5:5, I Co 2:4, al.; c. art., Mt 4:1 12:31, 32, Mk 1:10 3:29, Lk 2:26, Jo 7:36 14:26, Ac 4:31 5:3, Ro 8:16, al.; ( τὸ ) π. ( τοῦ ) θεοῦ, Mt 3:16, Ro 8:9, Eph 3:16, I Jo 4:2, al.; τὸ π. τ. πατρός, Mt 10:20; π. θεοῦ ζῶντος, II Co 3:3; ( τὸ ) π. τοῦ κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 5:9 8:39; τὸ π. Ἰησοῦ, Ac 16:7; Χριστοῦ, Ro 8:9; Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Phl 1:19; τὸ π. τ. ἀληθείας, Jo 15:26 16:13, I Jo 4:6; λείγει ( μαρτυρεῖ ) τὸ π. ( τὸ ἅγιον ), Ac 21:11 28:25, I Ti 4:1, He 3:7 10:15, Re 14:13; seq. τ. ἐκκλησίαις, Re 2:7, 11, 17, 29, 3:6, 13, 22; ἐν τ. π., Lk 2:27; κατὰ πνεῦμα, Ro 8:4, 5; ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ π., Jo 3:5; διὰ πνεύματος αἰωνίου, He 9:14; ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος, II Th 2:18, I Pe 1:2; ἓν π., I Co 12:13, Eph 2:18 4:4; ὁ δὲ κύριος τὸ π. ἐστιν, II Co 3:17; of that which is effected or governed by the Spirit, opp. to γράμμα, Ro 2:29 7:6, II Co 3:6. SYN.: νοῦς, which in NT is contrasted with π. as "the action of the understanding in man with that of the spiritual or ecstatic impulse" ( DB, iv, 612); ψυχή —the usual term in cl. psychology—in NT, "expresses man as apart from God, a separate individual, π. expresses man as drawing his life from God" ( DB, 1-vol., 872).Scroll for more

holySet apart by (or for) God, holy, sacred.ἅγιος, -α, ον (< τό ἅγός, religious awe; ἅζω, to venerate ), [in LXX chiefly for קֹ֫דֶשׁ;] primarily, dedicated to the gods, sacred (Hdt.; rare in Att., never in Hom., Hes. and Trag., who use ἁγνός ), hence, holy, characteristic of God, separated to God, worthy of veneration. Its highest application is to God himself, in his purity, majesty, and glory: Lk 1:49, Jo 17:11, Re 4:8. Hence of things and places which have a claim to reverence as sacred to God, e.g. the Temple: Mt 24:15, He 9:1; of persons employed by him, as angels: I Th 3:13; prophets, Lk 1:70; apostles, Eph 3:5. Applied to persons as separated to God's service: of Christ, Mk 1:24, Jo 6:69, Ac 4:30; of Christians, Ac 9:13, Ro 1:7, He 6:10, Re 5:8. In the moral sense of sharing God's purity: Mk 6:20, Jo 17:11, Ac 3:14, Re 3:7. Of pure, clean sacrifices and offerings: I Co 7:14, Eph 1:4. SYN.: ἁγνός, pure, both in ceremonial and spiritual sense; ἱερός ( sacer ), sacred, that which is inviolable because of its (external) relation to God; ὅσιος ( sanctus as opp. to nefas ), that which is based on everlasting ordinances of right. (Cf. Tr., Syn., §lxxxviii; DB, ii, 399 f.; Cremer, 34, 594-601; MM, VGT, s.v.)Scroll for more

IsaiahIsaiah, the prophet.Ἠσαίας (Rec. Ἠσαΐας ), -ου, ο (Heb. יְשַׁעְיָהוּ ), Isaiah, the prophet: Mt 3:3 4:14 8:17 12:17 13:14, 35 15:7, Mk 7:6, Lk 3:4 4:17, Jo 1:23 12:38, 39, 41, Ac 8:28 28:25, Ro 9:27, 29 10:16, 20 15:12; ἀνεγίνωσκεν τ. προφήτην Ἠ., Ac 8:30; ἐν τ. Ἠ., Mk 1:2.†Scroll for more

of youσύ, pron. of 2nd pers., thou, you, gen., σοῦ, dat., σοί, acc., σέ, pl., ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing., except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mt 25:39 ). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jo 1:30, 42 4:10 5:33, 39, 44, Ac 4:7, Eph 5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mt 26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc., Mt 2:6, Lk 1:76, Jo 17:5, al.; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl., but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ ( בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Ps 2:7 ), Ac 13:33. The gen. ( σοῦ, ὑμῶν ) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Lk 7:48, 12:30, al.; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mt 9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, v.s. ἐγώ.Scroll for more

← Back to Exodus 8:32

← Back to Deuteronomy 29:4

← Back to Psalms 69:23

← Back to Proverbs 17:16

← Back to Isaiah 6:9

← Back to Isaiah 19:22

← Back to Isaiah 29:10

← Back to Isaiah 29:14

← Back to Jeremiah 5:21

← Back to Ezekiel 12:2

← Back to Zechariah 11:9

← Back to Mark 8:18

← Back to Luke 8:10

← Back to John 12:40

← Back to Romans 9:18

← Back to Romans 11:8

← Back to 2 Corinthians 3:14

Acts 28:26

26saying Go thou unto this people and say By hearing ye shall hear and shall in no wise understand And seeing ye shall see and shall in no wise perceive

Related verses (17)

saying

Go thou

unto

The ASV does not translate this word.

people

this

and

say

By hearing

ye shall hear

and

in no wise

shall … understand

And

seeing

ye shall see

and

in no wise

shall … perceive

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

λέγωνLEH-gohn

Πορεύθητιpoh-RYOO-thay-tee

πρὸςprohs

τὸνtohn

λαὸνlah-OHN

τοῦτονTOO-tohn

καὶkai

εἰπόνay-POHN

Ἀκοῇah-koh-AY

ἀκούσετεah-KOO-seh-teh

καὶkai

οὐoo

μὴmay

συνῆτεsoo-NAY-teh

καὶkai

βλέποντεςBLEH-pohn-tes

βλέψετεBLEH-pseh-teh

καὶkai

οὐoo

μὴmay

ἴδητεEE-day-teh

The Pieces

λέγωνGreek verb

ΠορεύθητιGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

τὸνGreek article

λαὸνGreek noun, masculine

τοῦτονGreek demonstrative pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

εἰπόνGreek verb

ἈκοῇGreek noun, feminine

ἀκούσετεGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐGreek negative particle

μὴGreek negative particle

συνῆτεGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

βλέποντεςGreek verb

βλέψετεGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

οὐGreek negative particle

μὴGreek negative particle

ἴδητε

What It Can Mean

to travelI travel, journey, go, die.πορεύω, (< πόρος, a ford, a passage ), [in LXX chiefly for הלךְ;] in cl. (the act. becomes obsolete in late Gk.; v. M, Pr., 162), to cause to go over, carry, convey. Mid. (always in LXX and NT), -ομαι, to go, proceed, go on one's way: c. acc., ὁδόν, Ac 8:39; seq. ἐκεῖθεν, Mt 19:15; ἐντεῦθεν, Lk 13:31; ἀπό, Mt 25:41, Lk 4:42; εἰς, Mt 2:20, Mk 16:12, Lk 1:39, Jo 7:35, al; εἰς εἰρήνην (cf. I Ki 1:17 ). Lk 7:50; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Ac 16:36; ἐπί, c. acc., Mt 22:9, Ac 25:12, al; ἕως, Ac 23:23; οὗ, Lk 24:28, I Co 16:6; πρός, c. acc. pers., Mt 25:9, Lk 11:5, al.; κατὰ τ. ὁδόν, Ac 8:36; διά, c. gen., Mt 12:1, Mk 9:30; c. inf., Lk 2:3, Jo 14:2; σύν, Lk 7:6, al.; ἵνα, Jo 11:11; absol., Mt 2:9, Lk 7:8, Jo 4:50, Ac 5:20, al.; ptcp., πορευθείς (on the pass. form of the aor., v. M, Pr., 161 f.), redundant (as in Heb. and Aram.; V. M, Pr., 231; Dalman, Words, 21), Mt 2:8, Lk 7:22, al. Metaph. (cf. Soph., O.T., 884; Xen., Cyr., 2, 2, 24, al), like οἴχομαι in cl., as euphemism for θνήσκω (so הלךְ in Ge 15:2 ); Lk 22:22 and perh. also 13:33 (v. Field, Notes, 66); in ethical sense ( De 19:9, Ps 14:2, al; cf. M, Pr., 11 2; Kennedy, Sources, 107): seq. ἐν, Lk 1:6, I Pe 4:3, II Pe 2:19; κατά, c. acc., II Pe 3:3, Ju 16, 18; c. dat. (Bl., § 38, 3), Ac 9:31 14:16, Ju 11; of disciples or partisans ( Jg 2:12, III Ki 11:10, Si 46:10 ): seq. ὀπίσω, c. gen. pers., Lk 21:8 (cf. δια-, εἰς-, ( -μαι ), ἐκ- ( -μαι ), ἐν- ( -μαι ), ἐπι- ( -μαι ), παρα- ( -μαι ), προ-, προσ- ( -μαι ), συν- ( -μαι )).Scroll for more

this

hearingHearing, faculty of hearing, ear; report, rumor.ἀκοή, -ῆς, ἡ (< ἀκούω ), [in LXX: Ex 15:26, al. for שׁמע, its parts and derivatives, exc. De 11:22 ( שׁמר );] hearing, the sense of hearing: I Co 12:17, II Pe 2:8; "Hebraic dative," ἀκοῇ ακούειν (freq. in LXX; V. M, Pr., 14, 75), Mt 13:14, Ac 28:26. organ of hearing, the ear (Arist., al.; MM, VGT, s.v.): II Ti 4:3, 4; pl., Mk 7:35, Lk 7:1, Ac 17:20, He 5:11. a thing heard, i.e., a message, teaching: Jo 12:38 and Ro 16:16, 17 (LXX), Ga 3:2, 5 R, mg.; λόγος ἀκοῆς, I Th 2:13, He 4:2; a report, rumour: c. gen, pers., Mt 4:24, 14:1, 24:6; Mk 1:28 13:7 (Cremer, 82, 623; MM, VGT, s.v.).†Scroll for more

notNot, lest.μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic., μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין, אַיִן, אַל.] As a neg. adv., not; with ref. to thought or opinion: Jo 3:18, Tit 1:11, II Pe 1:9. In delib. questions, c. subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mk 12:14, Ro 3:8. In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mt 10:14, Mk 6:11 12:19, Lk 9:5, Jo 6:50, Ro 11:25, al. C. inf. (v. M, Pr., 234 f., 239, 255), after verbs of saying, etc.: Mt 2:12 5:34, Mk 12:18, Ac 15:38, Ro 2:21, al.; c. artic. inf.: after a prep., Mt 13:5, Mk 4:5, Ac 7:19, I Co 10:6, al.; without a prep., Ro 14:13, II Co 2:1, 13, 1 Th 4:6; in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mt 8:28, Mk 3:20, I Co 1:7, II Co 3:7, al. C. ptcp. (v. M, Pr., 231 f., 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mt 10:28 12:30, Lk 6:49, Jo 3:18, Ro 4:5, I Co 7:38, I Jo 3:10, al.; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jo 6:64, I Co 1:28 4:7, 18, II Co 5:21, al.; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mt 18:25, Lk 2:45, Jo 7:49, Ac 9:26, Ro 2:14 5:13, II Co 3:14, Ga 6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force ( being such as ), not: Ac 9:9, Ro 1:28, I Co 10:33, Ga 4:8, He 12:27, al. μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, c. subjc. praes., 1 pers. pl.: Ga 5:26 6:9, I Th 5:6, I Jo 3:18; c. imperat. praes., usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122 ff.): Mt 7:1, Mk 5:36, Lk 6:30, Jo 2:16 5:45, Ac 10:15, Ro 11:18, Ja 2:1, Re 5:5, al.; forbidding that which is still future: c. imperat. aor., 3 pers., Mt 24:18, Mk 13:15, Lk 17:31, al.; c. subjc. aor., 2 pers., Mt 3:9 10:26, Mk 5:7, Lk 6:29, Jo 3:7, Ro 10:6, al.; c. optat., in wishes: II Ti 4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (v. M, Pr., 194; Bl., § 66, 1), Lk 20:16, Ro 3:3, al.; μή τις, Mk 13:5, al. As a conj., after verbs of fearing, caution, etc., that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192 f.): c. subjc. praes., He 12:15; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5, Lk 21:8, Ac 13:40, Ga 5:15, al.; ὅρα μή (v. M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Re 19:10 22:9; c. indic, fut. (M, Pr., 124, 178), Col 2:8. in order that not: c. subjc. aor., Mk 13:36, II Co 8:20 12:6. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mt 7:9, 10, Mk 2:19, Jo 3:4, Ro 3:3 10:18, 19, I Co 1:13, al.; μή τις, Lk 22:35, al.; seq. οὐ ( Ro 10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans.; οὐ μή, Lk 18:7, Jo 18:11. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190 ff.; Bl., § 64, 5), not at all, by no means: c. indic, fut., Mt 16:22, Jo 6:35, He 10:17, al.; c. subjc. aor., Mt 24:2, Mk 13:2, Lk 6:37, Jo 13:8, I Co 8:13, al.Scroll for more

to understandI consider, understand, perceive.συν-ίημι and συνίω (v. Bl., § 23, 7), [in LXX chiefly for בּין hi., שׂכל hi.;] to bring or set together. Metaph., to perceive, understand: Mt 13:13-15 (LXX), 19 15:10, Mk 4:9 (WH, mg.), 12 7:14 8:17, 21 Lk 8:10, Ac 7:25 28:26, 27, Ro 15:21 (LXX), II Co 10:12; c. acc. rei, Mt 13:23, 51, Lk 2:50 18:34 24:45; seq. ὅτι, Mt 16:12 17:13; seq. quæst. indir., Eph 5:17; ἐπὶ τ. ἄρτοις, Mk 6:52; as subst., συνίων ( ὁ σ., WH, mg.), a man of understanding, i.e. in moral and religious sense, Ro 3:11 (LXX).†Scroll for more

to see(primarily physical), I look, see, perceive, discern.βλέπω, [in LXX chiefly for ראה, also for פּנה, etc.;] of bodily sight; to see, have sight (opp. to τυφλὸς εἶναι ): Mt 12:22, Jo 9:7, Ac 9:9, Ro 11:8, Re 3:18, al.; to perceive, look (at), see: absol., Ac 1:9; c. acc., Mt 7:3, Mk 5:31, Lk 6:41, Jo 1:29, al.; ὅραμα, Ac 12:9; γυναῖκα, Mt 5:28; βιβλίον, Re 5:3, 4; τ. βλεπόμενα, II Co 4:18. Metaph., of mental vision; to see, perceive, discern: absol., Mt 13:13, Lk 8:10; δι’ ἐσόπτρου, I Co 13:12; c. acc., He 2:9 10:25; seq. ὅτι, He 3:19, Ja 2:22; to consider, look to, take heed: absol., Mk 13:23, 33; c. acc., I Co 1:26, al.; seq. πῶς, c. indic., Lk 8:18, I Co 3:10, Eph 5:15; seq. τί, c. indic., Mk 4:24; seq. εἰς πρόσωπον, of partiality, Mt 22:16, Mk 12:14. Colloq. (for ex. from π., V. Deiss., LAE, 122; M, Pr., 107; MM, Exp., x; Milligan, NTD, 50), β. ἑαυτόν: Mk 13:9; seq. ἵνα μή, II Jo 8; β. ἀπό, Mk 8:15 12:38; seq. μή (cl. ὁρᾶν ), c. fut. indic., Col 2:8, He 3:12; id. c. aor. subj., Mt 24:4, Mk 13:5. Of situation and direction (Lat. specto ), to look, face (towards), places, etc. (seq. πρός, Xen, Hell., vii, 1, 17; Ez 40:23, 24): seq. κατά, c. acc., Ac 27:12 (cf. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐμ-, ἐπι-, περ-, προ-βλέπω ), v. DCG, i, 446; ii, 596.Scroll for more

← Back to Leviticus 7:23

← Back to Deuteronomy 32:15

← Back to Psalms 17:10

← Back to Psalms 119:70

← Back to Isaiah 6:10

← Back to Isaiah 26:11

← Back to Jeremiah 36:3

← Back to Zechariah 7:12

← Back to Matthew 18:3

← Back to Acts 3:19

← Back to Hebrews 5:11

Acts 28:27

27For this people’s heart is waxed gross And their ears are dull of hearing And their eyes they have closed Lest haply they should perceive with their eyes And hear with their ears And understand with their heart And should turn again And I should heal them

is waxed gross

For

The ASV does not translate this word.

heart

The ASV does not translate this word.

people’s

this

And

their

ears

are dull

of hearing

And

The ASV does not translate this word.

eyes

their

they have closed

Lest haply

they should perceive

with their

eyes

And

with their

ears

hear

And

with their

heart

understand

And

should turn again

And

I should heal

them

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

Card 18

Card 19

Card 20

Card 21

Card 22

Card 23

Card 24

Card 25

Card 26

Card 27

Card 28

Card 29

Card 30

Card 31

Card 32

Card 33

Card 34

ἐπαχύνθηeh-pah-CHOON-thay

γὰρgahr

ἡhay

καρδίαkahr-DEE-ah

τοῦtoo

λαοῦlah-OO

τούτουTOO-too

καὶkai

τοῖςtoys

ὠσὶνoh-SEEN

βαρέωςbah-REH-ohs

ἤκουσανAY-koo-sahn

καὶkai

τοὺςtoos

ὀφθαλμοὺςoh-fthahl-MOOS

αὐτῶνow-TOHN

ἐκάμμυσανeh-KAH-moo-sahn

μήποτεMAY-poh-teh

ἴδωσινEE-doh-seen

τοῖςtoys

ὀφθαλμοῖςoh-fthahl-MOYS

καὶkai

τοῖςtoys

ὠσὶνoh-SEEN

ἀκούσωσινah-KOO-soh-seen

καὶkai

τῇtay

καρδίᾳkahr-DEE-ah

συνῶσινsoo-NOH-seen

καὶkai

ἐπιστρέψωσινeh-pee-STREH-psoh-seen

καὶkai

ἰάσομαιee-AH-soh-mai

αὐτούςow-TOOS

The Pieces

ἐπαχύνθηGreek verb

γὰρGreek conjunction

ἡGreek article

καρδίαGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

λαοῦGreek noun, masculine

τούτουGreek demonstrative pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

ὠσὶνGreek noun, neuter

βαρέωςGreek adverb

ἤκουσανGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

τοὺςGreek article

ὀφθαλμοὺςGreek noun, masculine

αὐτῶνGreek pronoun

ἐκάμμυσανGreek verb

μήποτεGreek negative particle

ἴδωσιν

τοῖςGreek article

ὀφθαλμοῖςGreek noun, masculine

καὶGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

ὠσὶνGreek noun, neuter

ἀκούσωσινGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

τῇGreek article

καρδίᾳGreek noun, feminine

συνῶσινGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἐπιστρέψωσινGreek verb

καὶGreek conjunction

ἰάσομαιGreek verb

αὐτούςGreek reflexive pronoun

What It Can Mean

to thickenI fatten, thicken; pass. fig: I become stupid, dull, unfeeling.παχύνω (< παχύς, thick ), [in LXX: De 32:15, Is 6:10 ( שָׁמֵן ), al.;] to thicken, fatten; pass., to grow fat. Metaph., to make dull or stupid ( τ. ψυχάς, Plut.); pass., to wax gross: ἡ καρδία, Mt 13:15, Ac 28:27 (LXX).†Scroll for more

heartLit: the heart; mind, character, inner self, will, intention, center.καρδία, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly for לֵב, לֵבָב;] the heart, the bodily organ which is regarded as the seat of life ( II Ki 18:14, IV Ki 9:24, al.). In a psychological sense, the seat of man's collective energies, the focus of personal life, the seat of the rational as well as the emotional and volitional elements in human life, hence that wherein lies the moral and religious condition of the man ( DB, ii, 317 f.; DGG, ii, 344 a ); of the seat of physical life ( Jg 19:5, Ps 101 (102):5 103 (104):15 ): Ac 14:17, Ja 5:5; of the seat of spiritual life: Mt 5:8, Mk 7:19, Lk 1:51, Ac 5:3, Ro 10:9, 10, Eph 6:5, al.; pl., Mt 9:4, Mk 2:6, al.; opp. to στόμα, χείλεα, πρόσωπον, Mt 15:8, Mk 7:6, Ro 10:8, 9, II Co 5:12; περιτομὴ καρδίας, Ro 2:29; ἐκ κ., Ro 6:17, I Pe 1:22; ἀπὸ τῶν κ., Mt 18:35; ἐν ὅλῃ ( ἐξ ὅλης ), Mt 22:37, Mk 12:30 (LXX); γινώσκειν ( ἐρευνᾶν, δοκιμάζειν ) τὰς κ., Lk 16:15, Ro 8:27, I Th 2:4; to think, etc., ἐν τ. κ., Mt 9:4, Mk 2:6, Lk 12:45, Ro 10:6; συνιέναι ( νοεῖν ) τῇ κ., Mt 13:15, Jo 12:40; ἐπαχύνθη ἡ κ., Mt 13:15 (LXX); πωροῦν τὴν κ., Jo 12:40; κ. εὐθεῖα, Ac 8:21; πονηρά, He 3:12; ἀμετανόητος, Ro 2:5; εἶναι ( ἔχειν ) ἐν τῇ κ., II Co 7:3, Phl 1:7; ὀδύνη τῇ κ., Ro 9:2. Of the central or innermost part of anything (of the pith of wood, Arist.): τ. γῆς, Mt 12:40 (Cremer, 343 ff.).Scroll for more

ear(a) the ear, (b) met: the faculty of perception.οὖς gen., ὠτός, τό, [in LXX chiefly for אֹזֶן;] the ear: Mt 13:16, Mk 7:33, Lk 22:50, I Co 2:9 12:16, I Pe 3:12; ἐν τ. ὠσί, Lk 4:21; εἰς τ. ὦτα ἀκούεσθαι, Ac 7:57; γίνεσθαι, Lk 1:44; εἰσέρχεσθαι, Ja 5:4; εἰς τ. οὖς ἀκούειν, Mt 10:27; πρὸς τ. οὖς λαλεῖν, Lk 12:3; τὰ ὦ. συνέχειν (MM, xviii), Ac 7:57. Metaph., of understanding, perceiving, knowing: Mt 13:16; ὁ ἔχων ( εἴ τις ἔχει ) οὖς ἀκουσάτω, Re 2:7, 11, 17, 29 3:6, 13, 22 13:9; ὁ ἔχων ( ὃς ἔχει, εἴ τις ἔχει ) ὦτα ( ἀκούειν ) ἀκουέτω, Mt 11:15 13:9, 43, Mk 4:9, 23 7:16 (R, mg.), Lk 8:8 14:35; τοῖς ὠ. βαρέως ἀκούειν, Mt 13:15, Ac 28:27 (LXX); ὦ. ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀκούειν, Mk 8:18; ὦ. τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν, Ro 11:8; θέσθε εἰς τὰ ὦ., Lk 9:44; ἀπερίτμητος τοῖς ὠ., Ac 7:51.†Scroll for more

difficultlyHeavily, with difficulty.βαρέως, adv. (< βαρύς ), [in LXX: β. φέρειν, Ge 31:35 ( בעיני חרה ); β. ἀκούειν, Is 6:10 ( כּבד hi.)*;] heavily, with difficulty: Mt 13:15, Ac 28:27 (LXX).†Scroll for more

eyeThe eye; fig: the mind's eye.ὀφθαλμός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for עַיִן;] the eye (as in cl., chiefly pl.): Mt 5:38, Mk 9:47, Lk 6:41, Jo 9:6, al.; τοὺς ὀ. ἐξορύθσσειν (fig.), Ga 4:15; ἐπᾶραι, Lk 6:20, Jo 6:5; ἀνοῖξα, Ac 9:40; id., of restoring sight, Mt 20:33, Jo 9:10, al.; ἐν ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, I Co 15:52; by anthropom., of God, He 4:13, I Pe 3:12; pleonastically (cf. Thackeray, Gr., 42 f.), εἶδον οἱ ὀ. μου, Lk 2:30 (similarly, Lk 4:20 10:23, Jo 12:40, I Co 2:9, I Jo 1:1, Re 1:7 ). Metaph. (as otherwise in cl.; v. LS, s.v.); of ethical qualities: ὀ. πονηρός (meton., for envy; cf. Heb. עַיִן רַע, Pr 28:22; cf. Si 14:10 34:13 ), Mt 6:22, 23, Mk 7:22, Lk 11:34; ἁπλοῦς, Mt 6:22, Lk 11:34; ἐπιθυμία (q.v.) ὀφθαλμῶν (cf. Ec 4:8, Si 14:9 ), I Jo 2:16; ὀ. μεστοὶ μοιχαλἰδος, II Pe 2:14; of mental vision: Mt 13:15, Mk 8:18, Lk 19:42, Jo 12:40, Ro 11:8, Ga 3:1, Eph 1:18, al.; ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς seq. gen. (on the absence of the art., v.Bl., § 46, 9 n; M, Pr., 81), Mt 21:42, Mk 12:11.Scroll for more

to closeI close, shut the eyes.καμμύω (syncopated form of καταμύω, used by Ep. and κοινή writers; Rutherford, NPhr., 426 f.), [in LXX: Is 6:10 ( שׁעע hi.) 29:10 33:15 ( עצם ), La 3:44 AR*;] to shut the eyes: τ. ὀφθαλμούς, Mt 13:15, Ac 28:27 ( Is 6:10 ).†Scroll for more

lestLest at any time, lest; then weakened: whether perhaps, whether at all; in a principal clause: perhaps.μήποτε (= μή ποτε, and so written in WH, exc. Mt 25:9 ), negative particle, related to οὔποτε as μή to οὐ. As neg. particle, never: He 9:17 (R, mg., but v. infr.; WH, txt., μή τότε ). As conjc., lest ever, lest haply (the idea of chance rather than of time seems to prevail in NT): Mt 4:6 (LXX) 5:25 7:6 13:15 (LXX), 29 15:32 27:64, Mk 4:12 (LXX) 14:2, Lk 4:11 12:58 14:12, 29, Ac 28:27; after verbs of fearing or taking heed, Lk 21:34, He 2:1 3:12 4:1; with ellipse of the verb or ptcp., Lk 14:8, Ac 5:39; in later writers (v. M, Pr., 192 f.), perhaps, Mt 25:9. As interrogative; in direct questions, like μή, expecting a negative answer: Jo 7:26, He 9:17, (R, txt., cf. Westc., in l.; but v. supr.); in indirect questions, whether haply, if haply: Lk 3:15, II Ti 2:25.†Scroll for more

to turn(a) trans: I turn (back) to (towards), (b) intrans: I turn (back) (to [towards]); I come to myself.ἐπι-στρέφω [very freq. in LXX, chiefly for שׁוּב, in its various senses, also for פָּנָה, etc.;] trans., to turn about, round or towards, hence metaph., to turn, cause to return (to God, virtue, etc.): Lk 1:16, 17 (cf. Ma 3:24 ), Ja 5:19, 20. Intrans., to turn, turn oneself around: Ac 16:18; c. inf., Re 1:12; seq. πρός, Ac 9:40; so also pass. (cl.), Mk 5:30 8:33, Jo 21:20; metaph., of turning to God (v. Field, Notes, 246 ff.), ἐπὶ τ. κύριον ( θεόν ), Ac 9:35 11:21 14:15 15:19 26:20; πρὸς τ. θεόν, I Th 1:9, II Co 3:16; ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς, Ac 26:18; pass., I Pe 2:25; to return (as in MGr.): Lk 8:55, Ac 15:36; seq. ὀπίσω, c. inf., Mt 24:18; seq. εἰς, Mt 12:44, Mk 13:16, Lk 2:39 17:31; ἐπί, II Pe 2:22; metaph., seq. ἐπί, Ga 4:9; πρός, Lk 17:4; of moral reform, Mt 13:15, Mk 4:12, Lk 22:32, Ac 3:19 28:27; pass., Mt 10:13 (Cremer, 531, 881).†Scroll for more

/him/herselfαὑτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, = ἑαυτοῦ (q.v.), Mt 6:34, Lk 12:17, al. (MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

← Back to Judges 6:39

← Back to Psalms 98:3

← Back to Isaiah 11:10

← Back to Isaiah 42:1

← Back to Zechariah 2:11

← Back to Matthew 28:19

← Back to Galatians 2:7

← Back to Philippians 1:28

← Back to Hebrews 4:6

← Back to Jude 1:3

Acts 28:28

28Be it known therefore unto you that this salvation of God is sent unto the Gentiles they will also hear

Related verses (22)

known

therefore

Be it

unto you

that

unto the

Gentiles

is sent

this

The ASV does not translate this word.

salvation

The ASV does not translate this word.

of God

they

also

will … hear

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

γνωστὸνgnoh-STOHN

οὖνoon

ἔστωEH-stoh

ὑμῖνhoo-MEEN

ὅτιHOH-tee

τοῖςtoys

ἔθνεσινEH-thneh-seen

ἀπεστάληah-peh-STAH-lay

τοῦτοTOO-toh

τὸtoh

σωτήριονsoh-TAY-ree-ohn

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

αὐτοὶow-TOY

καὶkai

ἀκούσονταιah-KOO-sohn-tai

The Pieces

γνωστὸνGreek adjective

οὖνGreek conjunction

ἔστωGreek verb

ὑμῖνGreek pronoun

ὅτιGreek conjunction

τοῖςGreek article

ἔθνεσινGreek noun, neuter

ἀπεστάληGreek verb

τοῦτοGreek demonstrative pronoun

τὸGreek article

σωτήριονGreek noun, neuter

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

αὐτοὶGreek pronoun

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀκούσονταιGreek verb

What It Can Mean

to beεἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. As substantive verb. Of persons and things, to be, exist: Ac 17:28, Jo 1:1 8:58 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Re 1:4, 8 4:8 11:17 16:5 (v. Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Ro 4:17, I Co 1:28. Of times, events, etc., to be, happen, take place: Mt 24:3, Mk 14:2 15:42, Lk 21:23, Jo 4:6, 23 5:10, al. to be present, be in a place, have come: Mt 2:13, 15, Mk 1:45 5:21 15:40, Lk 1:80 5:29, Jo 7:30, al.; seq. εἰς, Mk 2:1; seq. ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mt 1:20 21:25, Mk 11:30, Jo 3:31, al. Impers., ἔστι, ἦν, etc.; there is (Fr. il y a ), was, etc.: Mt 16:28, Lk 16:19, Jo 3:1 5:2, Ro 3:10, al.; c. dat. (of the possessor; Bl., §37, 3), Mt 16:22, Lk 1:7, Jo 18.10, Ro 9:2, al.; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mt 16:28 19:2, Mk 9:1, al.; c. inf., = ἔξεστιν (q.v.), it is possible: He 9:5, I Co 11:20, RV (but v. ICC, in l.). As copula uniting subject and predicate. Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mt 5:13 14:15, Lk 1:18, 19, Jo 1:1 4:19, Re 3:9, al. mult. Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc.: Mt 13:19, I Co 9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Ga 4:24, Re 17:15, al.; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, Mt 27:46, Mk 7:2, Ro 7:18 al.; ὅ ἐστιν, Mk 3:17, Col 1:24, He 7:2, al.; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mt 26:26-28, Mk 14:22, 24, Lk 22:19, I Co 11:24 (v. ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. c.; DB, iii, 148 f.). C. gen.: qual., etc., Mk 5:42, Lk 3:23, I Co 14:33, He 12:11, al.; part., I Ti 1:20, II Ti 1:15; poss., Mt 5:3, 10, Mk 12:7, Lk 4:7; of service or partisanship, Ro 8:9, I Co 1:12, II Co 10:7, II Ti 2:19. C. dat. (BL, §37, 3): Ac 1:8 9:15, Ro 4:12, I Co 1:18 2:14, Re 21:7, al. C. ptcp., as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl., §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); c. ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mt 10:30, Lk 9:32, Jo 3:24, Ac 21:35, I Co 15:19, al; c. ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf., as in Heb. and Aram.; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mt 7:29, Mk 1:22, Lk 4:31 14:1, Ac 1:10, al. mult., id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f., 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Ro 12:9, 10, He 13:5, al.; c. ptcp. aor. (cl), Lk 23:9. Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mt 19:5, Mk 10:8, He 8:10, al. C. adv.: Mt 19:20, Mk 4:26, Lk 18:11, al. Ellipses; of the copula (Bl., §30, 3): Mt 8:29 24:32, Jo 21:22, 23, He 6:4, al.; of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mt 14:27, Mk 6:50, al.; absol. (cf. De 32:39; אֲנִי הוּא ), Mk 13:6, Jo 4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ-, ἔν-, πάρ-, συμ-πάρ-, σύν-ειμι ).Scroll for more

to youαὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more freq. than in cl. (WM, 178 f.; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art., v. infr., iii); self ( ipse ), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc., αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Lk 5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jo 2:25; αὐ. ὑμεῖς, Jo 3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Ro 15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jo 2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ, Mk 2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ., Mk 6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mt 3:4, Mk 6:17, Jo 16:27, I Th 3:11, al.; in late Gk., sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Lk 10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, s.v.); emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl., § 48, 1, 2, 7), Mt 1:21 12:50, Lk 6:35, al.; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mt 8:24, Mk 4:38, al.; αὐ., καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (Bl., § 48, 1), Mt 14:2, Mk 14:15, 44, Lk 1:22 2:28, al. In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd pers., he, she, it, Mt 7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al.; with ptcp. in gen. absol., Mt 9:18, Mk 13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl., § 74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לֹו; WM, 184 ff.; Bl., § 50, 4; MM, s.v.), Mk 7:25, Re 3:8, 7:2, al.; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mt 4:23, Ac 8:5, II Co 2:13, al.; gen. αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Ro 11:11, I Th 2:19, Tit 3:5, He 2:4. ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ., the same: He 1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ., ποιεῖν, Mt 5:46, 47, al.; φρονεῖν, Ro 12:16 15:5, Phl 2:2, al.; τὰ αὐ., Ac 15:27, Ro 2:1, al.; κατὰ τὸ ( τὰ ) αὐ. (MM, s.v.), Ac 14:1, Lk 6:23, al.; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ., together (MM, s.v.), Mt 22:34, Ac 1:15, al.; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ., I Co 11:5, 12:11; c. dat. (cl.), I Co 11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mk 14:39; μέτρος, Phl 1:30; πνεῦμα, I Co 12:4.Scroll for more

to sendI send forth, send (as a messenger, commission, etc.), send away, dismiss.ἀπο-στέλλω, [in LXX very freq., almost always for שׁלח;] prop., to send away, to dispatch on service; to send with a commission, or on service; of persons: Christ, Mt 10:40; the apostles, 10:16; servants, Mk 12:2; angels, 13:27; of things: ὄνος, Mt 21:3; τὸ δρέπανον, Mk 4:29; τ. λόγον, Ac 10:36; τ. ἐπαγγελίαν (i.e. the promised Holy Spirit), Lk 24:49, Rec.; seq. εἰς, Mt 20:2, Lk 11:49, Jo 3:17; ὀπίσω, Lk 19:14; ἔμπροσθεν, Jo 3:28; πρὸ προσώπου, Mt 11:10; πρός, Mt 21:34; with ref. to sender or place of departure: ἀπό, Lk 1:26 (Rec. ὑπό ); παρά, Jo 1:6; ἐκ, Jo 1:19; ὑπό, Ac 10:17 (Rec. ἀπό ); seq. inf., Mk 3:14, al.; ἵνα, Mk 12:2, al.; εἰς (of purpose), He 1:14; without direct obj.: seq. πρός, Jo 5:33; λέγων, Jo 11:3; ἀποστείλας, c. indic., Mt 2:16, Ac 7:14, Re 1:1. to send away, dismiss: Lk 4:18, Mk 5:10 8:26 12:3 (cf. ἐξ-, συν-αποστέλλω ). SYN.: πέμπω, the general term. ἀ. "suggests official or authoritative sending" (v. Thayer, s.v. πέμπω; Westc., Jo., 298; Epp. Jo., 125; Cremer, 529; MM, s.v.).Scroll for more

thatοὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, gen., τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֶה, זֹאת;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille ), this; as subst., this one, he; absol.: Mt 3:17, Mk 9:7, Lk 7:44, 45, Jo 1:15, Ac 2:15, al.; expressing contempt (cl.), Mt 13:55, 56, Mk 6:2, 3, Jo 6:42, al.; εἰς τοῦτο, Mk 1:38, Ro 14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο ( ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jo 5:1 ), Jo 2:12 11:7, al.; epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mt 5:19, Mk 3:35, Lk 9:48, Jo 6:46, Ro 7:10, al.; proleptic (referring to what follows): seq. ἵνα (Bl., § 69, 6), Lk 1:43, Jo 3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Ro 14:9, al.; seq. ὅτι, Lk 10:11, Jo 9:30, Ac 24:14, Ro 2:3, al.; ὅπως, Ro 9:17; ἐάν, Jo 13:35; special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν... τ. δέ (cl), partly... partly, He 10:33; καὶ τοῦτο ( τοῦτον, ταῦτα ), and that ( him ) too, Ro 13:11, I Co 2:2, He 11:12; τοῦτ’ ἐστιν, that is to say, Mt 27:46. As adj., c. subst.; c. art. before the art.: Mt 12:32, Mk 9:29, Lk 7:44, Jo 4:15, Ro 11:24, Re 19:9, al.; after the noun: Mt 3:9, Mk 12:16, Lk 11:31, Jo 4:13, Ac 6:13, Ro 15:28, I Co 1:20, Re 2:24, al.; c. subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl., § 49, 4): Lk 1:36 2:2 24:21, Jo 2:11 4:54 21:14, II Co 13:1.Scroll for more

savingSaving, bringing salvation; subst: salvation.σωτήριος, -ον (< σωτήρ ), [in LXX for יְשׁוּעָה, שֶׁלֶם, etc.;] saving, bringing salvation, in NT always in spiritual sense (v.s. σώζω, σωτηρία ): ἡ χάρις ἡ σ., Tit 2:11. Neut., -τὸ σ., as subst. (cl.), salvation: Lk 2:30; τ. σ. τ. θεοῦ, Lk 3:6, Ac 28:28; περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σ., Eph 6:17.†Scroll for more

← Back to 2 Timothy 1:17

Acts 28:30

30And he abode two whole years in his own hired dwelling and received all that went in unto him

he abode

And

two … years

whole

his own

hired dwelling

and

received

all

that

went in

unto

him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Ἐνέμεινενeh-NEH-may-nen

δὲdeh

διετίανdee-eh-TEE-ahn

ὅληνHOH-layn

ἐνen

ἰδίῳee-DEE-oh

μισθώματιmee-STHOH-mah-tee

καὶkai

ἀπεδέχετοah-peh-DEH-cheh-toh

πάνταςPAHN-tahs

τοὺςtoos

εἰσπορευομένουςay-spoh-ryoo-oh-MEH-noos

πρὸςprohs

αὐτόνow-TOHN

The Pieces

ἘνέμεινενGreek verb

δὲGreek conjunction

διετίανGreek noun, feminine

ὅληνGreek adjective

ἐνGreek preposition

ἰδίῳGreek adjective

μισθώματιGreek noun, neuter

καὶGreek conjunction

ἀπεδέχετοGreek verb

πάνταςGreek adjective

τοὺςGreek article

εἰσπορευομένουςGreek verb

πρὸςGreek preposition

αὐτόνGreek pronoun

What It Can Mean

to abide in/byI remain (abide) in, abide by, maintain, persevere in.ἐμμένω [in LXX chiefly for קוּם;] to abide in: Ac 28:30. to abide by, be true to: seq. ἐν; τ. πίστει, Ac 14:22; τ. διαθήκῃ, He 8:9 (LXX); c. dat., τ. γεγραμμένοις (dat. ptcp. as in legal formula; cf. Deiss., BS, 248; MM, Exp., xii): Ga 3:10 (LXX).†Scroll for more

two yearsA period of two years, two years; according to ancient practice this means any period between one and two years.† διετία, -ας, ἡ (< διετής ), [in LXX (Græc. Ven.): Ge 41:1 45:5 *;] the space of two years: Ac 24:27 28:30.†Scroll for more

allAll, the whole, entire, complete.ὅλος, -η, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for כֹּל;] of persons and things, whole, entire, complete; of indefinite ideas, c. subst. anarth.: Lk 5:5, Ac 11:26 28:30, Tit 1:11; ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ( an entire man; v. Field, Notes, 93), Jo 7:23; ὅλη Ἰερουσαλήμ (= πᾶσα Ἰ, Mt 2:3; v. Bl., § 47, 9), Ac 21:31. Definite, c. art.; preceding subst.: Mt 4:23, 24, Lk 8:39, I Co 12:17, al.; following subst.: Mk 1:33, Lk 9:25, Jo 4:53, Ac 21:30, al.; between art. and subst., where subst. is an abstract noun (Plat., al.). Attached to adj. or verb: Mt 13:33, Lk 13:21, Jo 9:34, al.; adverbially, δι ̓ ὅλου (MM, xviii), Jo 19:23.Scroll for more

one's own/privateOne's own, belonging to one, private, personal; one's own people, one's own family, home, property.ἴδιος, -α, -ον (in Attic usually -ος, -ον ), [in LXX chiefly for pers. suff., also for לָהֶם, etc.; ( τὰ ἴ. ) בֵּיתוֹ;] one's own; of that which is private and personal (in cl. opp. to κοινός, δημόσιος; cf. infr. 3); of property, friends, home, country, etc. (in cl. opp. to ἀλλότριος; in late writers often, like ἑαυτοῦ, with weakened sense, v. M, Pr., 87 ff.; Deiss., BS, 123 f.): Lk 6:41, Jo 1:42 5:43, Ac 2:6 20:28, I Co 11:21, Ga 6:5, II Ti 1:9, He 7:27, Ju 6, al.; πράσσειν τὰ ἴ., I Th 4:11; κατὰ τὰς ἰ. ἐπιθυμίας, II Ti 4:3; οἱ ἴδιοι, Jo 1:11 (M, Pr., 90 f.; Field, Notes, 84) 13:1, Ac 4:23, I Ti 5:8; τὰ ἴδια, one's home (Field, Notes, 84), Lk 18:28, Jo 1:11 16:32 19:27. peculiar, distinct, appropriate, proper: τὸ ἴ. σῶμα, I Co 15:38; ἐν τ. ἰ. τάγματι, I Co 15:23; εἰς τ. τόπον τ. ἴ., Ac 1:25; = αὐτοῦ (v. Deiss., ut. supr.), Mt 22:5, Jo 1:42 (cf. Wi 10:1 ). Adverbially (v. supr., 1 ( a ); and cf. WM, 739 2 ); ἰδίᾳ, severally, separately: I Co 12:11; κατ’ ἰδίαν, apart, privately, in private: Mt 14:13, 23 20:17, Mk 4:34 7:33, Lk 10:23, Ac 23:19, al.Scroll for more

rented homeA rented house, hired dwelling.μίσθωμα, -τος, τό (< μισθόω ), [in LXX: De 23:18 ( 19 ), Mi 1:7, Ez 16:31, 34, 41 ( אֶתְנַן ), Ez 16:33, ( נֵדֶה, נָדָן ), Ez 16:32, Pr 19:13 *;] price, hire (cl, and LXX). In sense not found elsewhere, a hired dwelling: Ac 28:30.†Scroll for more

to receiveI receive, welcome, entertain (with hospitality), embrace.** ἀπο-δέχομαι [in LXX: To 7:17, Jth 13:13; Jdt.13.1, I-IV Mac 10 *;] to accept gladly, welcome, receive: Lk 8:40 9:11, Ac 18:27 21:17 28:30; metaph., c. acc. rei, Ac 2:41 24:3 (MM, s.v.; Cremer, 688).†Scroll for more

to enterI journey in(to), I go in(to), enter, intervene.εἰσ-πορεύομαι [in LXX chiefly for בּוֹא;] to go into, enter: Lk 8:16 11:33 19:30; seq. εἰς, Mk 1:21 6:56 11:2, Lk 22:10, Ac 3:2; πρός, c. acc pers., Ac 28:30; ὅπου, Mk 5:40; κατά τ. οἴκους, house after house, Ac 8:3; of things (food), Mt 15:17, Mk 7:15, 18, 19. μετά (cf. εἰσέρχομαι ), Ac 9:28.†Scroll for more

← Back to Matthew 6:33

← Back to Matthew 10:7

← Back to Ephesians 6:19

← Back to Ephesians 6:20

← Back to 2 Timothy 2:9

Acts 28:31

31preaching the kingdom of God and teaching the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ with all boldness none forbidding him

Related verses (13)

preaching

the

kingdom

The ASV does not translate this word.

of God

and

teaching

the things

concerning

the

Lord

Jesus

Christ

with

all

boldness

none forbidding him

Card 1

Card 2

Card 3

Card 4

Card 5

Card 6

Card 7

Card 8

Card 9

Card 10

Card 11

Card 12

Card 13

Card 14

Card 15

Card 16

Card 17

κηρύσσωνkay-ROO-sohn

τὴνtayn

βασιλείανbah-see-LAY-ahn

τοῦtoo

θεοῦtheh-OO

καὶkai

διδάσκωνdee-DAH-skohn

τὰtah

περὶpeh-REE

τοῦtoo

κυρίουkoo-REE-oo

Ἰησοῦee-ay-SOO

Χριστοῦchree-STOO

μετὰmeh-TAH

πάσηςPAH-says

παρρησίαςpah-ray-SEE-ahs

ἀκωλύτωςah-koh-LOO-tohs

The Pieces

κηρύσσωνGreek verb

τὴνGreek article

βασιλείανGreek noun, feminine

τοῦGreek article

θεοῦ

καὶGreek conjunction

διδάσκωνGreek verb

τὰGreek article

περὶGreek preposition

τοῦGreek article

κυρίουGreek noun, masculine

Ἰησοῦname of a person

Χριστοῦname of a title or other name

μετὰGreek preposition

πάσηςGreek adjective

παρρησίαςGreek noun, feminine

ἀκωλύτωςGreek adverb

What It Can Mean

to preachI proclaim, herald, preach.κηρύσσω, [in LXX chiefly for קרא;] to be a herald, to proclaim: Mk 1:45 7:36, Lk 4:18, 19 (LXX) (but v. Field, Notes, 174) 8:39, Ro 2:21, I Co 9:27, Ga 5:11, al.; in NT, chiefly of the proclamation of the Gospel, to proclaim, preach: τὸ εὐαγέλιον, Mt 4:23 9:35 24:14 26:13, Mk 1:14 13:10 14:9 16:[15], Ga 2:2, Col 1:23, I Th 2:9; seq. εἰς, Mk 1:39 13:10, Lk 4:44, I Th 2:9; ἵνα, Mk 6:12; c. inf., Ro 2:21; κ. Χριστόν, Ἰησοῦν, Ac 8:5 9:20 19:13, I Co 1:23 15:12, II Co 1:19 11:4, Phl 1:15; I Ti 3:16 (cf. προ-κηρύσσω ).Scroll for more

to teachI teach, direct, admonish.διδάσκω [in LXX chiefly for למד pi., also for ידע hi., ירה hi., etc.;] to teach (i.e. instruct ) a person, teach a thing; trans.: c. acc. pers., Mt 5:2, Mk 1:22, al.; seq. ὅτι, Mk 8:31; περί, I Jo 2:27; c. inf., Lk 11:1; c. acc. rei, Mk 6:30 12:14; c. cogn. acc., Mt 15:9 (LXX); c. dupl. acc, Mk 4:2, Jo 14:26; pass., Ga 1:12, II Th 2:15; c. dat. pers. (like Heb., cf. Jb 21:22, but prob. a vernac. usage, v. Swete, in l.), Re 2:14. Absol., to teach, give instruction: Mt 4:23, Mk 1:21, and often in Gosp., Ro 12:7, I Co 4:17, I Ti 2:12, al. SYN.: παιδεύω (cf. Westc., Heb., 402; Cremer, 180).Scroll for more

lord: GodLord, master, sir; the Lord.κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον ), [in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;] having power ( κῦρος ) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master; in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι, Eph 6:5, 9, al.; of the Emperor (Deiss., LAE, 161), Ac 25:26; θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κ. πολλοί, I Co 8:5; of a husband, I Pe 3:6; in voc., as a title of respect to masters, teachers, magistrates, etc., Mt 13:27 16:22 27:63, Mk 7:28, Lk 5:12, Jo 4:11, Ac 9:5, al. As a divine title (freq. in π.; Deiss., LAE, 353 ff.); in NT, of God: ὁ κ., Mt 5:33, Mk 5:19, Lk 1:6, Ac 7:33, He 8:2, Ja 4:15, al.; anarth. (Bl., § 46, 6), Mt 21:9, Mk 13:20, Lk 1:17, He 7:21, I Pe 1:25, al.; κ. τ. οὐρανοῦ καὶ τ. γῆς, Mt 11:25; τ. κυριευόντων, I Ti 6:15; κ. ὁ θεός, Mt 4:7, 10 al.; id. seq. ὁ παντοκράτωρ, Re 4:8; κ. σαβαώθ, Ro 9:29; ( ὁ ) ἄγγελος κυρίου, Mt 1:20 2:13, Lk 1:11, al.; πνεῦμα κυρίου, Lk 4:18, Ac 8:39; of the Christ: Mt 21:3, Mk 11:3, Lk 1:43 20:44, al.; of Jesus after his resurrection (Dalman, Words, 330), Ac 10:36, Ro 14:8, I Co 7:22, Eph 4:5, al.; ὁ κ. μου, Jo 20:28; ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς, Ac 1:21, I Co 11:23, al.; id. seq. Χριστός, Eph 1:2, al.; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν, I Ti 1:14, He 7:14, al.; id. seq. Ἰησοῦς, I Th 3:11, He 13:20, al.; Χριστός, Ro 16:18; Ἰ Χ., I Co 1:2, I Th 1:3, al.; Ἰ. Χ. ( Χ. Ἰ ) ὁ κ. ( ἡμῶν ), Ro 1:4, Col 2:6, Eph 3:11, al.; ὁ κ. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ, II Pe 3:2; id. seq. Ἰ. Χ., II Pe 3:18; anarth., I Co 7:22, 25, Ja 5:4, al.; κ. κυρίων, Re 19:16; c. prep., ἀπὸ ( κατὰ, πρὸς, σὺν, etc.) κ., Col 3:24, al. SYN: v.s. δεσπότης.Scroll for more

ChristAnointed; the Messiah, the Christ.χριστός (Χρ-), -ή, -όν (< χρίω ), [in LXX for מָשִׁיחַ and cogn. forms;] as adj., of things, anointing, to be used as ointment (Æsch., Eur., al.; τ. ἔλαιον τὸ χ., Le 21:10 ); of persons, anointed ( ὁ ἰερεὺς ὁ χ., Le 4:5; οἱ χ. ἰευρεῖς, II Mac 1:10 ): ὁ χ. τοῦ κυρίου or Θεοῦ ( I Ki 2:10, Ps 2:2, al.), of the Messiah (Aram., מְשִׁיחָא; cf. Dalman, Words, 289 ff.), Lk 2:11, 26 Jo 1:41, Ac 2:36 4:26, al. As subst., ὁ Χριστός, the Messiah, the Christ: Mt 2:4, Mk 8:29, Lk 2:11, Jo 1:20, Ac 2:31, Ro 7:4, al.; Ἰησοῦς Χ., Mk 1:1, Jo 1:17, Ac 2:38, al.; Χ. Ἰησοῦς, Mt 1:18, WH, mg. Ac 5:42, Ro 6:3, al.; Χ. κύριος, Lk 2:11; Ἰησοῦς Χ. ὁ κύριος, Ac 15:26, Ro 1:7, al.Scroll for more

boldnessFreedom, openness, especially in speech; boldness, confidence.παρρησία, -ας, ἡ (< πᾶς + ῥῆσις, speech ), [in LXX: Le 26:13 ( μετὰ π., קוֹמְמִיּוּת ), Pr 1:20 10:10, Wi 5:1, al.;] freedom of speech, plainness, openness, freedom in speaking (Eur., Plat., al.): Ac 4:13, II Co 3:12; παρρησίᾳ, adverbially, freely, openly, plainly, Mk 8:32, Jo 7:13, 26 10:24 11:14 16:29 18:20; opp. to ἐν παροιμίαις, Jo 16:25; ἐν π., Eph 6:19; μετὰ π., Ac 2:29 4:29, 31 28:31. In LXX ( I Mac 4:18, Wi 5:1, al.), FlJ, and NT, also (from the absence of fear which accompanies freedom of speech), confidence, boldness: II Co 7:4, Phl 1:20, I Ti 3:13; ἔχειν π., Eph 3:12, Phm 8, He 3:6 10:19, 35, I Jn 2:28 3:21 4:17 5:14; μετὰ π., He 4:16; ἐν π., Col 2:15; id. (as בפרהסיא in Rabbinic lit.; v. Westc., Jo., i, 262), in public, Jo 7:4 and (without ἐν ) 11:54.†Scroll for more

freely(characteristic of legal documents), without hindrance, freely.** ἀκωλύτως adv. (< κωλύω ), [in Sm.: Jb 34:31 *;] without hindrance (so freq. in legal documents; MM, VGT, s.v.): Ac 28:31.†Scroll for more

← Previous: Acts 27 Next: Romans 1 →